Fix the xref for sending SIGHUP.
[emacs.git] / lisp / loaddefs.el
blob09733c05e601ee345ce07805c8814a2ebb4890cf
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
7 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
8 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (15391 60707))
9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
11 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
12 Play 5x5.
14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
15 squares you must fill the grid.
17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 \\<5x5-mode-map>
19 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move up \\[5x5-up]
21 Move down \\[5x5-down]
22 Move left \\[5x5-left]
23 Move right \\[5x5-right]
24 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
25 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
26 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
27 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
28 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
29 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
30 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]" t nil)
32 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
33 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions." t nil)
35 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution." t nil)
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution." t nil)
41 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
42 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
43 Mutate the result." t nil)
45 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
48 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
49 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
50 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
51 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution." t nil)
53 ;;;***
55 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
56 ;;;;;; (15425 28364))
57 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
59 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
60 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
61 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
62 extensions.
63 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
64 name" nil nil)
66 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
67 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
69 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
71 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
72 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
74 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
75 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
77 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
78 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
80 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
82 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
83 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
85 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
86 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
88 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
89 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
90 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
91 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
92 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
94 If you use imenu.el:
95 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
97 If you use find-file.el:
98 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
99 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
100 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
101 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
102 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
104 If you use ada-xref.el:
105 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
106 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
107 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'." t nil)
109 ;;;***
111 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
112 ;;;;;; (15371 46425))
113 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
115 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
116 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file." t nil)
118 ;;;***
120 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
121 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
122 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
123 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name) "add-log" "add-log.el" (15371 46415))
124 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
126 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
127 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
128 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
130 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
131 *Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
132 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.")
134 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
135 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil)
137 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
138 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
140 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
141 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
142 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
143 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
145 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
146 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
147 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
149 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
150 current buffer to the complete file name.
151 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'." nil nil)
153 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
154 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
155 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
156 name and site.
158 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
159 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
161 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
163 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
164 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
165 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
167 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
168 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
169 the same person.
171 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
172 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
173 notices.
175 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
176 non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil)
178 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
179 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
180 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
181 the change log file in another window." t nil)
182 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
184 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
185 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
186 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
187 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
188 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
189 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil)
191 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
192 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
194 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
195 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
197 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
198 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
200 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
201 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
203 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
204 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
206 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
207 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
208 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
209 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
210 `add-log-current-defun-function'
212 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil)
214 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
215 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
216 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
217 the appropriate motion commands).
219 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
220 old-style time formats for entries are supported." t nil)
222 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
223 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format." t nil)
225 ;;;***
227 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
228 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (15391
229 ;;;;;; 60524))
230 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
232 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
233 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
234 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
235 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
236 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
237 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
238 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
239 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
240 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
241 interpreted as `error'.")
243 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
244 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
245 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
246 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
247 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
248 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
249 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
250 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
252 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
253 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
254 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
255 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
256 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
257 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
258 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
259 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
260 will be overwritten with the new one.
261 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
262 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
263 will clear the cache." nil nil)
265 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
266 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
267 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
269 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
270 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
271 BODY... )
273 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
274 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
275 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
276 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
277 see also `ad-add-advice'.
278 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
279 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
280 before/around/after-advices will be used.
281 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
282 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
283 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
284 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
285 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
286 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
288 Semantics of the various flags:
289 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
290 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
291 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
293 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
294 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
296 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
297 advised function should be compiled.
299 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
300 during activation until somebody enables it.
302 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
303 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
304 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
305 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
307 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
308 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
309 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
310 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
311 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
312 during preloading.
314 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation." nil (quote macro))
316 ;;;***
318 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
319 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
320 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (15464 26322))
321 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
323 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
324 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
325 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
326 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
327 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
328 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
329 rule's `separate' attribute).
331 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
332 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
333 `separate' attribute set.
335 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
336 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
337 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
338 on the format of these lists." t nil)
340 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
341 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
342 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
343 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
344 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
345 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
346 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
347 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
348 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
349 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
350 options.
352 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
353 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
355 Fred (123) 456-7890
356 Alice (123) 456-7890
357 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
358 Joe (123) 456-7890
360 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
361 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
362 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression." t nil)
364 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
365 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
366 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
367 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
368 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
369 align that section." t nil)
371 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
372 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
373 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
374 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
375 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
376 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
377 been used to align that section." t nil)
379 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
380 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
381 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
382 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
383 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
384 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
385 to be colored." t nil)
387 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
388 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'." t nil)
390 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
391 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes." t nil)
393 ;;;***
395 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
396 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (15464 26331))
397 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
398 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
400 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
401 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
402 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
403 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
404 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
405 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents." t nil)
407 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" nil nil nil)
409 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" . ange-ftp-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
411 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*\\'" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*\\'" . ange-ftp-completion-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
413 ;;;***
415 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
416 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (15371 46425))
417 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
419 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
420 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
421 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
422 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
423 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
424 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
425 in the current window." nil nil)
427 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
428 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
429 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines." nil nil)
431 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
432 Display Sarah's birthday present in a new buffer." t nil)
434 ;;;***
436 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
437 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (15391 60505))
438 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
440 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
441 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t." t nil)
443 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
444 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
446 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
447 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
448 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
449 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
451 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
452 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
454 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'." nil nil)
456 ;;;***
458 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
459 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (15417 7450))
460 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
462 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
463 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
464 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
465 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
466 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
467 \\[yank].
469 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
470 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
471 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
472 the rules.
474 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
475 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
476 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
477 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'." t nil)
479 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
480 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
481 \\{antlr-mode-map}" t nil)
483 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
484 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
485 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'." nil nil)
487 ;;;***
489 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
490 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
491 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
492 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (15391 60522))
493 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
495 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
496 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
497 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
498 as the first thing on a line.")
500 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
501 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
503 (defvar appt-audible t "\
504 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
506 (defvar appt-visible t "\
507 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
509 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
510 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
512 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
513 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
515 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
516 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
518 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
519 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
520 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
522 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
523 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG.
524 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format." t nil)
526 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
527 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments." t nil)
529 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
530 Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer.
531 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
532 put in the appointments list.
533 02/23/89
534 12:00pm lunch
535 Wednesday
536 10:00am group meeting
537 We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER
538 hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
539 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for." nil nil)
541 ;;;***
543 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command
544 ;;;;;; apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos" "apropos.el" (15425
545 ;;;;;; 28360))
546 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
548 (autoload (quote apropos-mode) "apropos" "\
549 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands.
551 \\{apropos-mode-map}" t nil)
553 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
554 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
555 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
556 normal variables." t nil)
558 (fset (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
560 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
561 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP.
562 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
563 noninteractive functions.
565 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
566 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE." t nil)
568 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
569 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP.
570 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also
571 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more
572 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
574 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
575 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP.
576 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
577 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
578 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil)
580 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
581 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP.
582 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
583 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
584 bindings.
585 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
587 ;;;***
589 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (15505
590 ;;;;;; 59084))
591 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
593 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
594 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
595 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
596 Letters no longer insert themselves.
597 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
598 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
600 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
601 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
602 archive.
604 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil)
606 ;;;***
608 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (15427 61500))
609 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
611 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
612 Major mode for editing arrays.
614 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
615 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
616 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
618 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
620 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
621 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
622 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
624 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
625 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
626 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
627 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
628 The variables are:
630 Variables you assign:
631 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
632 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
633 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
634 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
635 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
636 row numbers in the buffer.
638 Variables which are calculated:
639 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
640 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
642 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
643 take a numeric prefix argument):
645 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
646 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
647 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
648 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
650 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
651 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
652 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
653 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
655 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
656 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
657 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
658 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
660 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
661 between that of point and mark.
663 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
664 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
666 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
667 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
668 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
669 newlines inside rows)
671 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
673 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'." t nil)
675 ;;;***
677 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (15505
678 ;;;;;; 59092))
679 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
681 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
682 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
683 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
684 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
686 How to quit artist mode
688 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
691 How to submit a bug report
693 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
696 Drawing with the mouse:
698 mouse-2
699 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
700 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
701 below).
703 mouse-1
704 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
705 or pastes:
707 Operation Not shifted Shifted
708 --------------------------------------------------------------
709 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
710 to new point
711 --------------------------------------------------------------
712 Line Line in any direction Straight line
713 --------------------------------------------------------------
714 Rectangle Rectangle Square
715 --------------------------------------------------------------
716 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
717 --------------------------------------------------------------
718 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
719 --------------------------------------------------------------
720 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
721 --------------------------------------------------------------
722 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
723 --------------------------------------------------------------
724 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
725 --------------------------------------------------------------
726 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
727 lines
728 --------------------------------------------------------------
729 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
730 --------------------------------------------------------------
731 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
732 --------------------------------------------------------------
733 Paste Paste Paste
734 --------------------------------------------------------------
735 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
736 --------------------------------------------------------------
738 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
739 or diagonally.
741 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
742 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
743 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
744 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
745 poly-lines.
747 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
748 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
749 overwrite means the opposite.
751 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
752 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
753 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
755 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
757 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
758 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
760 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
761 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
762 are currently drawing something.
764 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
765 some time to fill.
768 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
769 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
772 Settings
774 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
776 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
778 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
780 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
782 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
783 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
785 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
788 Drawing with keys
790 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
791 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
792 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
793 When erase characters: toggles erasing
794 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
795 When pasting: Pastes
797 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
799 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
801 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
802 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
803 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
804 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
805 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
806 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
809 Arrows
811 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
812 of the line/poly-line
814 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
815 of the line/poly-line
818 Selecting operation
820 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
822 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
823 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
824 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
825 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
826 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
827 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
828 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
829 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
830 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
831 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
832 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
833 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
834 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
835 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
836 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
837 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
838 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
839 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
840 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
841 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
844 Variables
846 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
847 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
849 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
850 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
851 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
852 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
853 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
854 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
855 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
856 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
857 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
858 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
859 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
860 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
861 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
862 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
863 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
864 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
865 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
866 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
867 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
869 Hooks
871 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
872 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
875 Keymap summary
877 \\{artist-mode-map}" t nil)
879 ;;;***
881 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (15371
882 ;;;;;; 46426))
883 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
885 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
886 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
887 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
889 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
890 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
891 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
892 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
894 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
895 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
897 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
898 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
900 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
902 Special commands:
903 \\{asm-mode-map}
904 " t nil)
906 ;;;***
908 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
909 ;;;;;; (15371 46425))
910 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
912 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
913 Obsolete.")
915 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
916 This command is obsolete." t nil)
918 ;;;***
920 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
921 ;;;;;; (15371 46415))
922 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
924 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
925 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
926 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
927 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
928 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-mode'.")
930 (custom-add-to-group (quote autoarg) (quote autoarg-mode) (quote custom-variable))
932 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-mode) (quote autoarg))
934 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
935 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
936 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
937 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
938 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
939 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
940 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
941 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
942 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
943 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
945 For example:
946 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
947 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
948 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
949 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
950 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
952 \\{autoarg-mode-map}" t nil)
954 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
955 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
956 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
957 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
958 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
960 (custom-add-to-group (quote autoarg-kp) (quote autoarg-kp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
962 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-kp-mode) (quote autoarg))
964 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
965 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
966 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
967 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
968 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
969 &c to supply digit arguments.
971 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}" t nil)
973 ;;;***
975 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
976 ;;;;;; (15371 46426))
977 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
979 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
980 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files." t nil)
982 ;;;***
984 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
985 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (15400 1471))
986 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
988 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
989 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
990 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil)
992 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
993 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
994 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
995 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil)
997 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
998 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
999 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1000 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1001 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1003 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-insert) (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote custom-variable))
1005 (custom-add-load (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote autoinsert))
1007 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1008 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1009 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1010 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1012 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1013 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer." t nil)
1015 ;;;***
1017 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories
1018 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1019 ;;;;;; (15441 20092))
1020 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1022 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1023 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1024 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1025 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it." t nil)
1027 (autoload (quote update-autoloads-from-directories) "autoload" "\
1028 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1029 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work." t nil)
1031 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1032 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1033 Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments." nil nil)
1035 ;;;***
1037 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
1038 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el"
1039 ;;;;;; (15371 46415))
1040 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1042 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\
1043 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
1045 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode'
1046 instead.")
1048 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1049 When on, buffers are automatically reverted when files on disk change.
1051 Set this variable using \\[customize] only. Otherwise, use the
1052 command `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1054 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-revert) (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote custom-variable))
1056 (custom-add-load (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote autorevert))
1058 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1059 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1061 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1062 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1063 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers." t nil)
1065 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1066 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1068 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1069 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)" nil nil)
1071 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1072 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
1074 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1075 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1076 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer." t nil)
1078 ;;;***
1080 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1081 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (15371 46415))
1082 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1084 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1085 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1086 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1087 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1088 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1090 (custom-add-to-group (quote avoid) (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote custom-variable))
1092 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote avoid))
1094 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1095 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1096 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1097 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1099 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1100 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1101 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1103 Effects of the different modes:
1104 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1105 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1106 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1107 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1108 a random distance & direction.
1109 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1110 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1111 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1113 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1115 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1116 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1117 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil)
1119 ;;;***
1121 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (15371
1122 ;;;;;; 46426))
1123 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el
1125 (autoload (quote awk-mode) "awk-mode" "\
1126 Major mode for editing AWK code.
1127 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
1128 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
1129 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
1131 Turning on AWK mode runs `awk-mode-hook'." t nil)
1133 ;;;***
1135 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1136 ;;;;;; (15371 46419))
1137 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1139 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1140 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1142 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1143 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1145 For example:
1147 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1148 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1149 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1150 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1152 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted." nil (quote macro))
1154 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1156 ;;;***
1158 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1159 ;;;;;; (15391 60505))
1160 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1162 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1163 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1164 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1165 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'." t nil)
1167 (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\
1168 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1169 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1170 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1171 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1172 seconds." t nil)
1174 ;;;***
1176 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (15507
1177 ;;;;;; 13708))
1178 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1180 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1181 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1183 To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a
1184 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
1185 version information already added. You just need to add a description
1186 of the problem, including a reproducable test case and send the
1187 message.
1190 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1192 You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
1193 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
1194 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
1195 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
1196 with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1198 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable
1199 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will
1200 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries
1201 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
1202 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
1203 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1205 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function
1206 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of
1207 BibTeX mode.
1210 Special information:
1212 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1214 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
1215 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
1216 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1217 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1218 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1219 \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the
1220 current field.
1221 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1222 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1224 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1225 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
1226 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
1227 bibtex-entry-format.
1228 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1229 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1230 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format.
1232 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
1233 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
1235 The following may be of interest as well:
1237 Functions:
1238 bibtex-entry
1239 bibtex-kill-entry
1240 bibtex-yank-pop
1241 bibtex-pop-previous
1242 bibtex-pop-next
1243 bibtex-complete-string
1244 bibtex-complete-key
1245 bibtex-print-help-message
1246 bibtex-generate-autokey
1247 bibtex-beginning-of-entry
1248 bibtex-end-of-entry
1249 bibtex-reposition-window
1250 bibtex-mark-entry
1251 bibtex-ispell-abstract
1252 bibtex-ispell-entry
1253 bibtex-narrow-to-entry
1254 bibtex-sort-buffer
1255 bibtex-validate
1256 bibtex-count
1257 bibtex-fill-entry
1258 bibtex-reformat
1259 bibtex-convert-alien
1261 Variables:
1262 bibtex-field-delimiters
1263 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
1264 bibtex-include-OPTkey
1265 bibtex-user-optional-fields
1266 bibtex-entry-format
1267 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries
1268 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
1269 bibtex-entry-field-alist
1270 bibtex-predefined-strings
1271 bibtex-string-files
1273 ---------------------------------------------------------
1274 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
1275 non-nil.
1277 \\{bibtex-mode-map}" t nil)
1279 ;;;***
1281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el" (15464 26329))
1282 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1284 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1286 ;;;***
1288 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (15400
1289 ;;;;;; 1479))
1290 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1292 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1293 Play blackbox.
1294 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1296 What is blackbox?
1298 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1299 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1300 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1301 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1302 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1303 your score.
1305 Overview of play:
1307 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1308 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1309 four.
1311 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1312 movement keys.
1314 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1315 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1317 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1318 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1320 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1321 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1322 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1323 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1324 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1325 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1327 Details:
1329 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1331 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1332 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1333 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1334 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1336 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1337 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1338 denoted by the letter `R'.
1340 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1341 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1342 denoted by the letter `H'.
1344 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1345 example.
1347 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1348 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1349 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1350 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1351 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1352 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1353 ray.
1355 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1356 degree deflection it causes.
1359 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1360 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1361 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1362 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1363 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1364 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1365 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1366 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1369 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1370 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1373 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1374 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1375 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1376 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1377 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1378 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1379 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1380 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1382 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1383 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1384 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1385 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1386 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1387 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1388 emerging from the box.
1390 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1392 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1393 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1394 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1395 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1396 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1397 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1398 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1399 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1401 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1402 a reflection." t nil)
1404 ;;;***
1406 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate
1407 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list
1408 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete
1409 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location
1410 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1411 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (15400 1471))
1412 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1413 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1414 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1415 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1417 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
1418 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1419 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1420 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1421 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1422 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1424 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map))
1426 (define-key bookmark-map "x" (quote bookmark-set))
1428 (define-key bookmark-map "m" (quote bookmark-set))
1430 (define-key bookmark-map "j" (quote bookmark-jump))
1432 (define-key bookmark-map "g" (quote bookmark-jump))
1434 (define-key bookmark-map "i" (quote bookmark-insert))
1436 (define-key bookmark-map "e" (quote edit-bookmarks))
1438 (define-key bookmark-map "f" (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1440 (define-key bookmark-map "r" (quote bookmark-rename))
1442 (define-key bookmark-map "d" (quote bookmark-delete))
1444 (define-key bookmark-map "l" (quote bookmark-load))
1446 (define-key bookmark-map "w" (quote bookmark-write))
1448 (define-key bookmark-map "s" (quote bookmark-save))
1450 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
1451 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1452 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1453 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1454 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1455 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1456 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1457 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1458 recent one.
1460 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1461 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1462 yank successive words.
1464 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1465 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1466 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1467 name of the file being visited.
1469 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1470 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1471 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil)
1473 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
1474 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1475 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1476 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1477 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1478 this.
1480 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1481 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
1482 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1483 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil)
1485 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
1486 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1487 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1488 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1489 after a bookmark was set in it." t nil)
1491 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
1492 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1493 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1494 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil)
1496 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1498 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
1499 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1500 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1501 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1503 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1504 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1505 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1507 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1508 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1509 name." t nil)
1511 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
1512 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1513 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1514 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1515 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1516 this." t nil)
1518 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
1519 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1520 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1521 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1522 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1523 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1524 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1525 probably because we were called from there." t nil)
1527 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
1528 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1529 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil)
1531 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
1532 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1533 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1534 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1535 \(second argument).
1537 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
1538 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1539 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1540 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1541 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1543 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1544 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1545 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1546 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil)
1548 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
1549 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1550 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1551 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1552 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1553 while loading.
1555 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1556 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1557 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1558 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1559 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1560 explicitly.
1562 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1563 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1564 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
1565 method buffers use to resolve name collisions." t nil)
1567 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
1568 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1569 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1570 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1571 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil)
1573 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1575 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1577 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert) "bookmark" "\
1578 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1579 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1580 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1581 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1582 this.
1584 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1585 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1586 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1588 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump) "bookmark" "\
1589 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1590 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1591 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1592 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1593 this.
1595 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1596 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1597 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1599 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate) "bookmark" "\
1600 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1601 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
1603 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1604 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1605 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1607 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename) "bookmark" "\
1608 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
1609 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
1610 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
1611 prompts for NEWNAME.
1612 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
1613 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
1614 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
1616 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1617 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1618 name.
1620 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1621 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1622 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1624 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete) "bookmark" "\
1625 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
1626 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1627 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1628 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1629 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1631 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1632 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1633 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1635 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))
1637 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map)))
1639 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)))
1641 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)))
1643 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)))
1645 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)))
1647 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete)))
1649 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename)))
1651 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate)))
1653 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert)))
1655 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set)))
1657 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump)))
1659 ;;;***
1661 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
1662 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
1663 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
1664 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
1665 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
1666 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
1667 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
1668 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-generic-program
1669 ;;;;;; browse-url-save-file browse-url-new-window-flag browse-url-galeon-program
1670 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-display browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url"
1671 ;;;;;; "net/browse-url.el" (15509 27625))
1672 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
1674 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-default-browser)) "\
1675 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1676 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1677 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
1679 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1680 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1681 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1682 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1683 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
1685 (defvar browse-url-browser-display nil "\
1686 *The X display for running the browser, if not same as Emacs'.")
1688 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
1689 *The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
1691 (defvar browse-url-new-window-flag nil "\
1692 *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers.
1693 Passing an interactive argument to \\[browse-url], or specific browser
1694 commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version
1695 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.")
1697 (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\
1698 *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file.
1699 Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.")
1701 (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\
1702 *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.")
1704 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1705 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1706 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1707 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1708 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1709 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'." t nil)
1711 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1712 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1713 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1714 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1715 narrowed." t nil)
1717 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1718 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line." t nil)
1720 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1721 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region." t nil)
1723 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1724 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1725 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1726 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1728 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1729 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
1730 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
1731 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1733 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
1734 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
1735 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
1736 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
1737 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
1738 to use." t nil)
1740 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
1741 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
1742 Default to the URL around or before point.
1744 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1745 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
1746 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1747 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1749 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1750 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1752 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Galeon, Netscape,
1753 Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, MMM, Konqueror, and then W3." nil nil)
1755 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
1756 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
1757 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1758 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
1760 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1761 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
1762 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1763 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1765 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1766 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1768 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
1769 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
1770 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1771 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
1773 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1774 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
1775 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1776 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1778 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1779 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1781 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
1782 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
1783 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1784 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
1786 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1787 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
1788 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1789 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1791 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
1792 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
1793 new tab in an existing window instead.
1795 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1796 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1798 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
1799 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
1800 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1801 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
1803 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1804 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
1805 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
1806 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1808 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1809 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1811 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
1812 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1814 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1815 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
1816 program is invoked according to the variable
1817 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
1819 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1820 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
1821 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1822 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1824 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1825 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1827 (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\
1828 Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'.
1829 Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.")
1831 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
1832 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
1833 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
1834 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil)
1836 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
1837 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1838 Default to the URL around or before point.
1840 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
1841 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
1842 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
1844 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1845 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
1846 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1847 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1849 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1850 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1852 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
1853 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1854 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1856 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
1857 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
1858 Default to the URL around or before point.
1860 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1861 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
1862 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1864 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1865 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1867 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
1868 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
1869 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
1870 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1872 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
1873 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1874 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
1875 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
1876 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'." t nil)
1878 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
1879 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1880 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
1881 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
1883 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1884 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
1885 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
1886 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1888 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1889 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1891 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
1892 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
1893 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1895 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
1896 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
1897 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
1898 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
1899 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
1900 current one.
1902 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1903 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
1904 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
1905 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1907 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1908 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1910 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
1911 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
1912 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
1913 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
1914 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
1915 don't offer a form of remote control." t nil)
1917 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
1918 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
1919 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1921 ;;;***
1923 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (15400
1924 ;;;;;; 1479))
1925 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
1927 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
1928 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
1930 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
1931 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'." nil nil)
1933 ;;;***
1935 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
1936 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (15371 46415))
1937 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
1939 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
1940 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1941 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1942 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1944 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
1945 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1946 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1947 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1949 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
1950 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu." t nil)
1952 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
1953 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
1954 \\<bs-mode-map>
1955 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
1956 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
1957 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
1958 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
1960 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
1961 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
1962 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
1963 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
1964 name of buffer configuration." t nil)
1966 ;;;***
1968 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
1969 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (15425
1970 ;;;;;; 28360))
1971 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
1973 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "" (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
1974 Keymap used by buttons.")
1976 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
1977 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
1978 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
1980 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
1981 Define a `button type' called NAME.
1982 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
1983 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
1984 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
1985 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
1987 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
1988 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
1989 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
1990 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes)." nil nil)
1992 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
1993 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
1994 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
1995 specifying properties to add to the button.
1996 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
1997 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
1998 `define-button-type'.
2000 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'." nil nil)
2002 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2003 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2004 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2005 specifying properties to add to the button.
2006 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2007 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2008 `define-button-type'.
2010 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'." nil nil)
2012 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2013 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2014 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2015 specifying properties to add to the button.
2016 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2017 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2018 `define-button-type'.
2020 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2021 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2022 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2023 `make-text-button'.
2025 Also see `insert-text-button'." nil nil)
2027 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2028 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2029 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2030 specifying properties to add to the button.
2031 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2032 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2033 `define-button-type'.
2035 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2036 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2037 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2038 `insert-text-button'.
2040 Also see `make-text-button'." nil nil)
2042 ;;;***
2044 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2045 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2046 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2047 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2048 ;;;;;; (15515 47286))
2049 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2051 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2052 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2053 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil)
2055 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2056 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2057 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2058 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2060 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled.
2061 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user,
2062 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means
2063 don't ask and compile the file anyway.
2065 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory.
2067 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2068 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil)
2070 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2071 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2072 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2073 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2074 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors." t nil)
2076 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2077 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2078 Print the result in the minibuffer.
2079 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil)
2081 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2082 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2083 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil)
2085 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2086 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2087 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2088 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2089 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2090 all functions called by those functions.
2092 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2093 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2094 cons, etc.).
2096 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2097 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2098 invoked interactively." t nil)
2100 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2101 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2102 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2103 it won't work in an interactive Emacs." nil nil)
2105 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2106 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2107 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2108 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2109 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2110 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2111 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2112 already up-to-date." nil nil)
2114 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2115 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2116 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2117 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil)
2119 ;;;***
2121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (15371 46418))
2122 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2124 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2126 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2128 ;;;***
2130 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2131 ;;;;;; (15371 46418))
2132 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2134 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2135 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2136 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2137 from the cursor position." t nil)
2139 ;;;***
2141 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2142 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2143 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (15464
2144 ;;;;;; 26324))
2145 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2147 (defvar calc-info-filename "calc.info" "\
2148 *File name in which to look for the Calculator's Info documentation.")
2150 (defvar calc-settings-file user-init-file "\
2151 *File in which to record permanent settings; default is `user-init-file'.")
2153 (defvar calc-autoload-directory nil "\
2154 Name of directory from which additional \".elc\" files for Calc should be
2155 loaded. Should include a trailing \"/\".
2156 If nil, use original installation directory.
2157 This can safely be nil as long as the Calc files are on the load-path.")
2159 (defvar calc-gnuplot-name "gnuplot" "\
2160 *Name of GNUPLOT program, for calc-graph features.")
2162 (defvar calc-gnuplot-plot-command nil "\
2163 *Name of command for displaying GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.")
2165 (defvar calc-gnuplot-print-command "lp %s" "\
2166 *Name of command for printing GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.")
2167 (global-set-key "\e#" 'calc-dispatch)
2169 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2170 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details." t nil)
2172 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2173 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\"." t nil)
2175 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2176 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window." t nil)
2178 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2179 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator." t nil)
2181 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2182 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2183 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2184 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form." nil nil)
2186 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2187 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2188 This is most useful in the X window system.
2189 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2190 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press." t nil)
2192 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2193 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2194 See calc-keypad for details." t nil)
2196 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2197 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack." t nil)
2199 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2200 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack." t nil)
2202 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2203 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point." t nil)
2205 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2206 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2207 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto." t nil)
2209 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" nil nil (quote macro))
2211 ;;;***
2213 ;;;### (autoloads (calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "calc/calc-ext.el"
2214 ;;;;;; (15488 49716))
2215 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-ext.el
2217 (autoload (quote calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "\
2218 This function is part of the autoload linkage for parts of Calc." nil nil)
2220 ;;;***
2222 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (15457
2223 ;;;;;; 4931))
2224 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2226 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2227 Run the Emacs calculator.
2228 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information." t nil)
2230 ;;;***
2232 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2233 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2234 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2235 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2236 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2237 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2238 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2239 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2240 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
2241 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2242 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2243 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
2244 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2245 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2246 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
2247 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
2248 ;;;;;; (15445 63197))
2249 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2251 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
2252 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
2253 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
2255 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2256 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2257 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2258 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2259 the screen.")
2261 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2262 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
2263 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2264 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2265 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
2267 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
2268 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
2269 This variable affects the diary display when the command \\[diary] is used,
2270 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
2271 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
2272 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
2273 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
2275 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
2276 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
2277 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
2278 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
2279 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
2281 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
2282 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
2283 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
2285 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2286 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2287 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2289 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2290 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2291 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2293 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2294 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2295 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2296 displayed.")
2298 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2299 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2300 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2302 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2303 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2304 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2306 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2308 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2309 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2310 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2312 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2313 calendar.")
2315 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2316 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2317 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2319 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2320 calendar.")
2322 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2323 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2324 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2326 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2327 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2328 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2329 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2330 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2332 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2333 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2334 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2335 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2336 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2337 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2338 a function is also provided for this:
2339 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2341 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2342 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2343 date is not visible in the window.
2345 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2346 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2347 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2349 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2350 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2352 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2353 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2354 date is visible in the window.
2356 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2357 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2358 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2360 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2361 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2363 For example,
2365 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
2367 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
2369 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2370 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
2372 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms
2374 MONTH/DAY
2375 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
2376 MONTHNAME DAY
2377 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
2378 DAYNAME
2380 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry
2381 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is
2382 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.
2383 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.
2384 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.
2385 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three
2386 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,
2387 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,
2388 respectively.
2390 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used
2391 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set
2392 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are
2394 DAY/MONTH
2395 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2396 DAY MONTHNAME
2397 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2398 DAYNAME
2400 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
2401 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
2403 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
2404 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
2405 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
2406 window but will appear in a diary window.
2408 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
2409 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
2411 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
2412 entries (in the default American style):
2414 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
2415 &1/1. Happy New Year!
2416 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
2417 21: Payday
2418 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
2419 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
2420 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
2421 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
2422 mar 16 Dad's birthday
2423 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
2424 &* 15 time cards due.
2426 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
2427 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
2428 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
2429 single diary entry
2431 02/11/1989
2432 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
2433 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
2434 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
2435 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
2436 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
2437 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
2439 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
2440 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
2441 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
2443 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
2445 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
2447 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
2448 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
2449 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
2450 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
2451 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
2452 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
2453 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
2454 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
2455 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
2457 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
2458 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
2459 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
2460 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
2461 for these functions for details.
2463 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
2464 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2466 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
2467 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
2469 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
2470 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
2472 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
2473 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
2475 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
2476 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
2477 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
2479 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
2480 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
2481 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
2483 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
2484 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
2485 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
2486 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
2488 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
2489 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
2490 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
2491 1990. The accepted European date styles are
2493 DAY/MONTH
2494 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2495 DAY MONTHNAME
2496 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2497 DAYNAME
2499 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three
2500 characters with or without a period.")
2502 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2503 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
2504 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2506 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2507 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
2508 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2510 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
2511 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
2512 See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.")
2514 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
2515 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
2516 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2518 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
2519 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
2520 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
2521 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
2522 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
2523 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
2525 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2526 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
2527 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
2529 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
2530 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
2531 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2532 of the form
2534 #include \"filename\"
2536 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2537 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
2538 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
2539 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2540 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
2542 For example, you could use
2544 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
2545 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
2546 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
2548 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
2549 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
2550 lexicographic order.")
2552 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
2553 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
2554 Can be used for appointment notification.")
2556 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
2557 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
2558 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
2559 diary display.
2561 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
2562 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
2563 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
2564 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
2565 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
2566 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
2567 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
2569 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
2570 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
2571 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
2572 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
2573 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
2574 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
2575 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
2576 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
2578 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
2579 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
2580 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2581 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
2582 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2583 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2585 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2586 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
2588 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
2589 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
2590 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2591 of the form
2592 #include \"filename\"
2593 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2594 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
2595 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
2596 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2597 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2599 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
2600 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
2601 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2602 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
2603 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2604 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2606 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
2607 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
2608 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
2609 are holidays.")
2611 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
2612 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
2613 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
2614 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
2615 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
2617 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2619 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
2620 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
2621 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2623 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2625 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
2626 *Oriental holidays.
2627 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2629 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2631 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
2632 *Local holidays.
2633 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2635 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2637 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
2638 *User defined holidays.
2639 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2641 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2643 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
2645 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2647 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
2649 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2651 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
2653 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2655 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
2657 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2659 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
2660 *Jewish holidays.
2661 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2663 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2665 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
2666 *Christian holidays.
2667 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2669 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2671 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
2672 *Islamic holidays.
2673 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2675 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2677 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
2678 *Sun-related holidays.
2679 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2681 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2683 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
2684 The frame set up of the calendar.
2685 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
2686 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
2687 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
2688 any other value the current frame is used.")
2690 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
2691 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
2692 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'." t nil)
2694 ;;;***
2696 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (15371 46426))
2697 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
2699 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2700 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2702 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2703 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
2705 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2706 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
2708 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2709 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
2711 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2712 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
2714 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2715 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
2717 ;;;***
2719 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2720 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2721 ;;;;;; (15417 7450))
2722 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2724 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" nil nil nil)
2726 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2727 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
2728 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2729 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
2730 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
2731 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
2733 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2735 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
2736 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
2737 run first.
2739 Key bindings:
2740 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil)
2742 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2743 Major mode for editing C++ code.
2744 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2745 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2746 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2747 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2748 message.
2750 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2752 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2753 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2754 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2756 Key bindings:
2757 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil)
2759 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2760 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
2761 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2762 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2763 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2764 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2765 message.
2767 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2769 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2770 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
2771 is run first.
2773 Key bindings:
2774 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil)
2776 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2777 Major mode for editing Java code.
2778 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2779 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2780 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2781 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
2782 message.
2784 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2786 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2787 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2788 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
2789 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
2790 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
2792 Key bindings:
2793 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil)
2795 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2796 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code.
2797 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2798 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2799 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2800 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2801 message.
2803 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2805 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2806 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2807 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2809 Key bindings:
2810 \\{idl-mode-map}" t nil)
2812 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2813 Major mode for editing Pike code.
2814 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2815 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2816 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2817 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2818 message.
2820 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2822 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2823 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2824 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2826 Key bindings:
2827 \\{pike-mode-map}" t nil)
2829 ;;;***
2831 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
2832 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (15371 46426))
2833 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
2835 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
2836 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
2837 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
2838 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
2839 for details of setting up styles.
2841 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
2842 style name.
2844 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is non-nil, no style variables
2845 that already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
2846 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
2847 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
2848 will be reassigned.
2850 Obviously, specifying DONT-OVERRIDE is useful mainly when the initial
2851 style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since this is
2852 done internally by CC Mode, there's hardly ever a reason to use it." t nil)
2854 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
2855 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
2856 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
2857 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
2859 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
2861 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
2862 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
2863 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil)
2865 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
2866 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
2867 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
2868 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
2869 and exists only for compatibility reasons." t nil)
2871 ;;;***
2873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (15427 61508))
2874 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
2876 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\
2877 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using.
2878 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different
2879 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current
2880 supported list, along with the values for this variable:
2882 XEmacs 19, 20, 21: (8-bit)
2883 Emacs 19, 20: (1-bit)
2885 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list:
2886 `infodock'.")
2888 ;;;***
2890 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
2891 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
2892 ;;;;;; (15371 46423))
2893 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
2895 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
2896 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers." nil nil)
2898 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
2899 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE." nil nil)
2901 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2902 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
2904 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
2905 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
2906 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
2907 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
2908 execution.
2910 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program." nil (quote macro))
2912 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2913 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
2915 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
2916 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
2917 CCL_MAIN_CODE
2918 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
2920 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
2921 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
2922 text. If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
2923 `write' commands.
2925 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
2926 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
2927 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
2928 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
2930 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
2931 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
2932 semantics.
2934 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
2936 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
2938 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
2940 STATEMENT :=
2941 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
2942 | TRANSLATE | END
2944 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
2945 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
2946 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
2947 | integer
2949 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
2951 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
2952 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
2953 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
2955 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
2956 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
2957 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
2959 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
2960 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
2962 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
2963 BREAK := (break)
2965 REPEAT :=
2966 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
2967 (repeat)
2968 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
2969 ;; (repeat))
2970 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
2971 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
2972 ;; (read REG)
2973 ;; (repeat))
2974 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
2975 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
2976 ;; (read REG)
2977 ;; (repeat))
2978 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
2980 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
2981 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
2982 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
2983 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
2984 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
2985 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
2986 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
2987 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
2988 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
2989 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
2990 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
2991 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
2992 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
2993 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
2994 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
2995 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
2997 WRITE :=
2998 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
2999 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3000 ;; representation.
3001 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3002 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3003 ;; (write r7))
3004 | (write EXPRESSION)
3005 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3006 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3007 ;; representation.
3008 | (write integer)
3009 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3010 ;; buffer.
3011 | (write string)
3012 ;; Same as: (write string)
3013 | string
3014 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3015 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3016 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3017 ;; representation.
3018 | (write REG ARRAY)
3019 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3020 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3021 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3022 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3023 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3024 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3026 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3027 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3029 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3030 END := (end)
3032 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3033 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3034 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3036 ARG := REG | integer
3038 OPERATOR :=
3039 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3040 + | - | * | / | %
3042 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3043 | & | `|' | ^
3045 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3046 | << | >>
3048 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3049 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3050 | <8
3052 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3053 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3054 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3055 | >8
3057 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3058 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3059 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3060 | //
3062 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3063 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3065 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3066 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3067 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3068 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3069 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3070 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3071 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3072 | de-sjis
3074 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3075 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3076 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3077 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3078 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3079 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3080 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3081 ;; byte of SJIS.
3082 | en-sjis
3084 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3085 ;; Same meaning as C code
3086 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3088 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3089 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3090 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3091 | <8=
3093 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3094 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3095 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3097 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3098 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3099 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3100 | //=
3102 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3105 TRANSLATE :=
3106 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3107 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3108 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3109 MAP :=
3110 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3111 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3112 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3113 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3114 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3115 MAP-ID := integer
3116 " nil (quote macro))
3118 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3119 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3120 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3121 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3122 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3123 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME." nil (quote macro))
3125 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3126 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3127 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3129 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program." nil nil)
3131 ;;;***
3133 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3134 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3135 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3136 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3137 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3138 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3139 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3140 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3141 ;;;;;; (15464 26324))
3142 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3144 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
3145 Interactivly check the entire buffer for style errors.
3146 The current status of the ckeck will be displayed in a buffer which
3147 the users will view as each check is completed." t nil)
3149 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3150 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3151 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3152 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3153 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3154 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3155 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3156 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
3158 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3159 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3160 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3161 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3162 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3163 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3164 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3165 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
3167 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3168 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3169 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3170 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3171 spacing are all verified." t nil)
3173 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3174 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3175 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3176 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3177 otherwise stop after the first error." t nil)
3179 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
3180 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3181 Only documentation strings are checked.
3182 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3183 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3184 a separate buffer." t nil)
3186 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3187 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3188 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3189 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3190 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead." t nil)
3192 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3193 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3194 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3195 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3196 if there is one." t nil)
3198 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
3199 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3200 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3201 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3202 if there is one.
3203 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing." t nil)
3205 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3206 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3207 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged." t nil)
3209 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3210 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3211 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3212 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3213 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message." t nil)
3215 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3216 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3217 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3218 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3219 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3220 space at the end of each line." t nil)
3222 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
3223 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3224 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3225 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'" t nil)
3227 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3228 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3229 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3230 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'" t nil)
3232 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3233 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3234 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3235 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'" t nil)
3237 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3238 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3239 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3240 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'" t nil)
3242 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3243 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3244 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3245 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'" t nil)
3247 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
3248 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3249 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3250 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'" t nil)
3252 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3253 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3254 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3255 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'" t nil)
3257 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3258 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3259 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3260 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'" t nil)
3262 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3263 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3264 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3265 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'" t nil)
3267 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
3268 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3269 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
3271 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3272 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3273 checking of documentation strings.
3275 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
3277 ;;;***
3279 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
3280 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (15400
3281 ;;;;;; 1476))
3282 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3284 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3285 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3286 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
3288 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3289 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer." t nil)
3291 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3292 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3293 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
3295 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3296 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ." t nil)
3298 ;;;***
3300 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3301 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (15371 46415))
3302 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3304 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
3305 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3306 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3307 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3308 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3309 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil)
3311 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
3312 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3313 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3314 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3315 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3317 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil)
3319 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
3320 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3321 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3322 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3323 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3325 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3326 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3327 \\{command-history-map}
3329 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3330 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'." t nil)
3332 ;;;***
3334 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (15391 60525))
3335 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3337 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3338 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3339 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3340 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3341 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3342 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3344 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3345 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3347 ;;;***
3349 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3350 ;;;;;; (15505 59087))
3351 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3353 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" nil nil nil)
3355 ;;;***
3357 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3358 ;;;;;; (15371 46426))
3359 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3361 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
3362 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3363 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3364 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3366 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3367 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
3368 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
3370 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3371 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil)
3373 ;;;***
3375 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (15400
3376 ;;;;;; 1471))
3377 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3379 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
3380 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
3381 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3382 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3383 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
3384 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
3385 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
3386 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
3388 ;;;***
3390 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
3391 ;;;;;; (15417 7424))
3392 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
3394 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
3395 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
3396 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
3397 the charactert set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
3398 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
3399 ?* is used." nil (quote macro))
3401 ;;;***
3403 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
3404 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
3405 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (15507 30173))
3406 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
3408 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3409 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
3410 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
3411 ASCII table.
3413 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
3414 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
3415 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
3416 decoder and encoder created by this function." nil nil)
3418 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3419 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
3420 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3422 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3423 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
3424 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3426 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3427 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
3428 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3430 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
3431 Return an alist of supported codepages.
3433 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
3434 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
3435 for the character set supported by that codepage.
3437 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
3438 is a vector, and has a charset property." nil nil)
3440 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
3441 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
3443 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
3444 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
3445 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal." t nil)
3447 ;;;***
3449 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3450 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3451 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3452 ;;;;;; (15505 59085))
3453 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3455 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
3456 Make a comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3457 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3458 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3459 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3460 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3461 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3462 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3464 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
3466 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
3467 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3468 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3469 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3470 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3471 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3472 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3473 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3475 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
3477 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
3478 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
3479 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3480 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3481 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3482 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil)
3484 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
3485 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3486 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3488 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
3490 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
3491 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3492 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3494 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
3496 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
3497 Send COMMAND to current process.
3498 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3499 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
3501 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
3502 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
3503 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3504 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
3506 ;;;***
3508 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (15371
3509 ;;;;;; 46415))
3510 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
3512 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
3513 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
3514 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
3515 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
3517 This command pushes the mark in each window
3518 at the prior location of point in that window.
3519 If both windows display the same buffer,
3520 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
3521 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
3523 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
3524 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
3525 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil)
3527 ;;;***
3529 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
3530 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
3531 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
3532 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (15464 26331))
3533 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
3535 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
3536 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
3538 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
3539 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
3541 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
3542 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
3543 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
3544 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
3545 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
3547 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
3548 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
3549 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
3550 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
3551 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
3553 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
3554 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
3555 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
3556 describing how the process finished.")
3558 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
3559 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
3560 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
3561 and a string describing how the process finished.")
3563 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
3564 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
3565 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
3567 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
3568 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
3569 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
3570 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
3572 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
3573 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
3574 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
3575 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
3577 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
3578 and move to the source code that caused it.
3580 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
3581 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
3583 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
3584 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
3585 Then start the next one.
3587 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
3588 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
3589 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil)
3591 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
3592 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
3593 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
3594 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
3595 where grep found matches.
3597 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
3598 easily repeat a grep command.
3600 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
3601 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
3602 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
3603 if that history list is empty)." t nil)
3605 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
3606 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
3607 Collect output in a buffer.
3608 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
3609 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
3611 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
3612 easily repeat a find command." t nil)
3614 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
3615 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
3616 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
3617 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
3618 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
3620 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see)." t nil)
3622 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
3623 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
3624 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
3625 See `compilation-mode'.
3626 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
3628 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
3629 Toggle compilation minor mode.
3630 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
3631 See `compilation-mode'.
3632 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
3634 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
3635 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
3637 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
3638 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
3640 A prefix ARGP specifies how many error messages to move;
3641 negative means move back to previous error messages.
3642 Just \\[universal-argument] as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
3643 and start at the first error.
3645 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
3646 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
3647 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
3648 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
3649 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
3650 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
3652 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
3653 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
3654 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
3656 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
3657 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil)
3658 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
3660 ;;;***
3662 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
3663 ;;;;;; (15371 46415))
3664 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
3666 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
3667 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
3668 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
3669 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3670 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
3672 (custom-add-to-group (quote partial-completion) (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3674 (custom-add-load (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote complete))
3676 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
3677 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
3678 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
3680 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
3681 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
3682 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
3683 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
3685 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
3686 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
3687 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
3688 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
3690 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
3691 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
3692 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
3693 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'." t nil)
3695 ;;;***
3697 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
3698 ;;;;;; (15400 1471))
3699 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
3701 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
3702 Enable dynamic word-completion." t nil)
3704 ;;;***
3706 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
3707 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
3708 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el"
3709 ;;;;;; (15371 46415))
3710 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
3712 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
3713 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
3714 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
3715 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
3716 `make-composition'.
3718 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
3720 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
3721 | | 1:tc or top-center
3722 | | 2:tr or top-right
3723 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
3724 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
3725 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
3726 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
3727 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
3728 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
3730 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
3731 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
3732 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
3733 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
3734 be added.
3736 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
3737 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
3738 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
3740 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
3741 | | |
3742 | global| |
3743 | glyph | |
3744 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
3745 +----+--*--+
3746 | | new |
3747 | |glyph|
3748 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
3751 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
3752 Compose characters in the current region.
3754 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
3756 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
3757 specifying the region.
3759 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
3760 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers.
3762 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
3763 of the text in the region.
3765 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
3767 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
3768 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
3769 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
3770 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
3772 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
3773 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
3774 detail.
3776 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
3777 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
3778 text in the composition." t nil)
3780 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
3781 Decompose text in the current region.
3783 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
3784 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
3786 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
3787 Compose characters in string STRING.
3789 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
3790 the characters in it.
3792 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
3793 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
3794 STRING respectively.
3796 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
3797 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
3798 `compose-region' for more detail.
3800 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
3801 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
3802 text in the composition." nil nil)
3804 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
3805 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed." nil nil)
3807 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
3808 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
3809 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
3810 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
3811 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
3812 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
3813 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
3814 `reference-point-alist' for more detail." nil nil)
3816 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
3817 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
3819 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
3820 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
3822 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
3823 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
3825 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
3826 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
3828 If no composition is found, return nil.
3830 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
3831 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
3833 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
3834 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
3835 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
3837 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
3839 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
3841 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
3842 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
3843 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
3845 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
3847 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen." nil nil)
3849 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
3850 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
3852 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
3853 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
3854 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
3855 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
3856 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
3857 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
3858 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
3859 nil.
3861 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
3863 nil -- if no characters were composed.
3864 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
3866 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
3868 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
3869 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
3871 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'." nil nil)
3873 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
3874 Compose last characters.
3875 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
3876 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
3877 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
3878 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
3879 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
3880 and that function find a proper rule to compose the target characters.
3881 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
3882 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
3883 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
3884 after a sequence character events." t nil)
3885 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
3887 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
3888 Convert CHAR to string.
3889 This is only for backward compatibility with Emacs 20.4 and the earlier.
3891 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
3892 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted string, list of CHAR, or
3893 vector of CHAR respectively." nil nil)
3895 ;;;***
3897 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
3898 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (15391 60712))
3899 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
3901 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
3902 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
3903 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
3904 of load, ENDMSG at the end." nil nil)
3906 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
3907 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
3908 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
3909 of load, ENDMSG at the end." nil nil)
3911 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
3912 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
3913 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
3914 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil)
3916 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
3917 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)." nil nil)
3919 ;;;***
3921 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
3922 ;;;;;; (15464 26324))
3923 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
3925 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
3926 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
3927 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
3928 the current year after them. If necessary, and
3929 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
3930 following the copyright are updated as well." t nil)
3932 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
3933 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil)
3935 ;;;***
3937 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
3938 ;;;;;; (15506 60335))
3939 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
3941 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
3942 Major mode for editing Perl code.
3943 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
3944 Tab indents for Perl code.
3945 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
3946 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
3948 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
3949 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
3950 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
3951 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
3952 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
3953 since most the time you mean \"less\". Cperl mode tries to guess
3954 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
3955 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
3956 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
3957 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
3958 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
3959 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
3961 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
3963 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
3964 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
3966 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
3968 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
3969 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
3970 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
3971 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
3972 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
3973 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
3974 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
3975 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
3976 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
3978 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
3980 bite if angry;
3982 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
3983 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
3984 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
3985 to nil.)
3987 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
3988 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
3989 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
3991 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
3993 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
3994 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
3995 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
3996 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
3997 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
3999 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4001 if (A) { B }
4003 into
4005 B if A;
4007 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4009 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4010 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4011 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4012 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4013 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4014 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4015 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4016 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4017 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4018 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4019 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4020 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4021 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4023 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4024 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4025 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4026 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4027 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4028 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4030 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4031 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4032 man via menu.
4034 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4035 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4036 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4037 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4038 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4040 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4041 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4042 span the needed amount of lines.
4044 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4045 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and
4046 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4047 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4049 Variables controlling indentation style:
4050 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4051 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4052 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4053 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4054 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4055 `cperl-auto-newline'
4056 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4057 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4058 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4059 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4060 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4061 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4062 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4063 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4064 `cperl-indent-level'
4065 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4066 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4067 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4068 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4069 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4070 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4071 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4072 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4073 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4074 `cperl-brace-offset'
4075 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4076 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4077 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4078 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4079 `cperl-label-offset'
4080 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4081 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4082 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4084 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
4085 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
4086 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
4087 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
4088 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
4090 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4091 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4092 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4093 \(both available from menu).
4095 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4096 column 0 is indented on
4097 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4099 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4100 with no args.
4102 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4103 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4104 `cperl-non-problems', `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'." t nil)
4106 ;;;***
4108 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4109 ;;;;;; (15371 46426))
4110 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4112 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
4113 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4114 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4115 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4116 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer." t nil)
4118 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
4119 Edit display information for cpp conditionals." t nil)
4121 ;;;***
4123 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4124 ;;;;;; (15371 46419))
4125 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4127 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4128 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4129 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4130 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4132 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4133 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4135 (custom-add-to-group (quote crisp) (quote crisp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4137 (custom-add-load (quote crisp-mode) (quote crisp))
4139 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
4140 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4141 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise." t nil)
4143 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
4145 ;;;***
4147 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4148 ;;;;;; (15391 60525))
4149 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4151 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
4152 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4153 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4154 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4156 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4157 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4158 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4159 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4161 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4162 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4163 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4165 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4166 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4167 'bob', and 'eve'.
4169 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4170 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4171 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4173 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4175 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4176 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4177 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD." nil nil)
4179 ;;;***
4181 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-mark-as-set
4182 ;;;;;; customize-mark-to-save custom-save-all customize-save-customized
4183 ;;;;;; custom-file custom-load-symbol customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4184 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4185 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4186 ;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face
4187 ;;;;;; customize-option-other-window customize-changed-options customize-option
4188 ;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize customize-save-variable
4189 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
4190 ;;;;;; (15483 47733))
4191 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4192 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
4194 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
4195 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4197 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4198 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4200 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4201 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4203 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
4205 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4206 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4207 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4209 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4210 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4212 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4213 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4215 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4216 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4218 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4219 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4221 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
4223 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4224 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4225 Return VALUE.
4227 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4228 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4230 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4231 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4233 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4234 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4236 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4237 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4239 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
4241 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
4242 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4243 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4244 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4245 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil)
4247 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
4248 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
4250 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4251 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
4253 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
4255 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
4256 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil)
4258 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
4259 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
4260 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
4261 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
4262 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
4264 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
4265 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
4266 version." t nil)
4268 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
4270 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4271 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4272 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil)
4274 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
4275 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
4276 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces." t nil)
4278 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4279 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window." t nil)
4281 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
4282 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil)
4284 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
4285 Customize all already saved user options." t nil)
4287 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
4288 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4289 If ALL is `options', include only options.
4290 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
4291 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
4292 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
4293 user-settable, as well as faces and groups." t nil)
4295 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
4296 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4297 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable." t nil)
4299 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
4300 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP." t nil)
4302 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
4303 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP." t nil)
4305 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
4306 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4307 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4308 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4309 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4310 that option." nil nil)
4312 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4313 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4314 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4315 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4316 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4317 that option." nil nil)
4319 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
4320 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy." t nil)
4322 (autoload (quote custom-load-symbol) "cus-edit" "\
4323 Load all dependencies for SYMBOL." nil nil)
4325 (defvar custom-file nil "\
4326 File used for storing customization information.
4327 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
4328 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
4329 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.
4331 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
4332 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
4333 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
4334 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
4336 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
4337 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil)
4339 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
4340 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil)
4342 (autoload (quote customize-mark-to-save) "cus-edit" "\
4343 Mark SYMBOL for later saving.
4345 If the default value of SYMBOL is different from the standard value,
4346 set the `saved-value' property to a list whose car evaluates to the
4347 default value. Otherwise, set it til nil.
4349 To actually save the value, call `custom-save-all'.
4351 Return non-nil iff the `saved-value' property actually changed." nil nil)
4353 (autoload (quote customize-mark-as-set) "cus-edit" "\
4354 Mark current value of SYMBOL as being set from customize.
4356 If the default value of SYMBOL is different from the saved value if any,
4357 or else if it is different from the standard value, set the
4358 `customized-value' property to a list whose car evaluates to the
4359 default value. Otherwise, set it til nil.
4361 Return non-nil iff the `customized-value' property actually changed." nil nil)
4363 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
4364 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
4365 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
4367 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
4368 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
4369 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
4370 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
4371 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
4373 ;;;***
4375 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face"
4376 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" (15371 46415))
4377 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
4379 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
4380 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil)
4382 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
4383 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
4384 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
4386 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
4388 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE.
4389 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
4390 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
4392 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil)
4394 ;;;***
4396 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
4397 ;;;;;; (15425 28361))
4398 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
4400 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
4401 Mode used for cvs status output." t nil)
4403 ;;;***
4405 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
4406 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (15391 60713))
4407 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
4409 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4410 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
4412 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
4413 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
4414 C++ modes are included.
4416 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
4418 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4419 Turn on CWarn mode.
4421 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
4422 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)" nil nil)
4424 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4425 Hightlight suspicious C and C++ constructions in all buffers.
4427 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on globally if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
4429 ;;;***
4431 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
4432 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
4433 ;;;;;; (15464 26330))
4434 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
4436 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
4437 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
4439 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
4440 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
4442 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
4443 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
4444 For readability, the table is slightly
4445 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
4447 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
4448 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
4449 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
4450 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
4451 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state." t nil)
4453 ;;;***
4455 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
4456 ;;;;;; (15509 27673))
4457 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
4459 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand))
4461 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion))
4463 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
4464 Completion on current word.
4465 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
4466 and presents suggestions for completion.
4468 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
4469 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
4470 completions.
4472 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
4473 then it searches *all* buffers.
4475 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
4476 if there is a suitable one already." t nil)
4478 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
4479 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
4481 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
4482 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
4483 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
4484 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
4485 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
4487 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
4488 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
4490 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
4491 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
4492 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
4494 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
4495 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
4497 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil)
4499 ;;;***
4501 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (15391
4502 ;;;;;; 60713))
4503 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
4505 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
4506 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
4508 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
4509 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
4510 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
4512 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
4513 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
4514 Data lines are not indented.
4516 Key bindings:
4518 \\{dcl-mode-map}
4519 Commands not usually bound to keys:
4521 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
4522 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
4523 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
4524 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
4526 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
4528 dcl-basic-offset
4529 Extra indentation within blocks.
4531 dcl-continuation-offset
4532 Extra indentation for continued lines.
4534 dcl-margin-offset
4535 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
4537 dcl-margin-label-offset
4538 Indentation for a label.
4540 dcl-comment-line-regexp
4541 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
4543 dcl-block-begin-regexp
4544 dcl-block-end-regexp
4545 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
4546 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
4547 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
4548 make it possible to define other places to indent.
4549 Set to nil to disable this feature.
4551 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
4552 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
4553 Two such functions are included in the package:
4554 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
4555 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
4557 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
4558 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
4559 One such function is included in the package:
4560 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
4562 dcl-tab-always-indent
4563 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
4564 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
4565 margin.
4567 dcl-electric-characters
4568 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
4569 typed.
4571 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
4572 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
4573 which words trigger electric indentation.
4575 dcl-tempo-comma
4576 dcl-tempo-left-paren
4577 dcl-tempo-right-paren
4578 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
4580 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
4581 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
4582 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
4583 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
4585 dcl-imenu-label-labels
4586 dcl-imenu-label-goto
4587 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
4588 dcl-imenu-label-call
4589 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
4591 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
4592 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
4593 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
4594 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
4597 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
4599 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
4600 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
4601 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
4602 $ i = 1
4603 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
4604 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
4605 $ label:
4606 $ if i.eq.1
4607 $ then
4608 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
4609 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
4610 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
4611 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
4612 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
4613 \"lined up with the command line\"
4614 $ type sys$input
4615 Data lines are not indented at all.
4616 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
4617 $ endif
4619 " t nil)
4621 ;;;***
4623 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
4624 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (15505 59087))
4625 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
4627 (setq debugger (quote debug))
4629 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
4630 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
4631 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
4632 of the evaluator.
4634 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
4635 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
4636 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil)
4638 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
4639 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
4640 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
4641 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
4642 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
4643 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
4644 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil)
4646 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
4647 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
4648 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil)
4650 ;;;***
4652 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
4653 ;;;;;; (15400 1479))
4654 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
4656 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
4657 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil)
4659 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
4660 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
4661 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
4662 Upper-case letters are commands.
4664 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
4665 modify it.
4667 The most useful commands are:
4668 \\<decipher-mode-map>
4669 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
4670 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
4671 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
4672 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
4673 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil)
4675 ;;;***
4677 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
4678 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (15371
4679 ;;;;;; 46415))
4680 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
4682 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
4683 Customization of `columns' group." t nil)
4685 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
4686 Prettify all columns in a text region.
4688 START and END delimits the text region." t nil)
4690 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
4691 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
4693 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle." t nil)
4695 ;;;***
4697 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (15391
4698 ;;;;;; 60713))
4699 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
4701 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
4702 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
4703 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
4704 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
4705 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
4706 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
4708 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
4710 Customization:
4712 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
4713 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
4714 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
4715 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
4716 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
4717 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
4718 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
4719 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
4720 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4721 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
4722 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
4723 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
4724 blank line.
4725 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
4726 Directories to search when finding external units.
4727 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
4728 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
4730 Coloring:
4732 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
4733 Face used to color delphi comments.
4734 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
4735 Face used to color delphi strings.
4736 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
4737 Face used to color delphi keywords.
4738 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
4739 Face used to color everything else.
4741 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
4742 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
4744 ;;;***
4746 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (15371
4747 ;;;;;; 46415))
4748 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
4750 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
4752 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
4753 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
4754 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4755 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4756 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
4758 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing-basics) (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4760 (custom-add-load (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote delsel))
4762 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
4763 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
4764 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
4765 positive.
4767 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
4768 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
4769 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
4770 any selection." t nil)
4772 ;;;***
4774 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
4775 ;;;;;; "derived" "derived.el" (15400 1471))
4776 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el
4778 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
4779 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
4781 The arguments to this command are as follow:
4783 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
4784 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
4785 or nil if there is no parent.
4786 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
4787 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
4788 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
4789 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
4790 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
4792 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
4794 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
4796 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
4797 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
4798 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
4800 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
4801 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
4803 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
4804 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
4805 (setq case-fold-search nil))
4807 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
4808 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap." nil (quote macro))
4810 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
4811 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
4812 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
4813 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
4814 the first time the mode is used." nil nil)
4816 ;;;***
4818 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el"
4819 ;;;;;; (15505 59085))
4820 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
4822 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
4823 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies.
4824 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode." t nil)
4826 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
4827 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
4828 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file
4829 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files." nil nil)
4831 ;;;***
4833 ;;;### (autoloads nil "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (15417
4834 ;;;;;; 7424))
4835 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
4837 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
4839 ;;;***
4841 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el"
4842 ;;;;;; (15505 59087))
4843 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
4845 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
4846 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
4847 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
4848 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
4849 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil)
4851 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
4852 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
4853 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
4855 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
4856 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
4857 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
4858 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
4860 #!/bin/sh
4861 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
4862 emacs -batch \\
4863 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
4864 european-calendar-style t \\
4865 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
4866 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
4867 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
4869 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
4870 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
4871 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
4872 to run it every morning at 1am." t nil)
4874 ;;;***
4876 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
4877 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (15371 46416))
4878 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
4880 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
4881 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
4883 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
4884 *The command to use to run diff.")
4886 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
4887 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
4888 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
4889 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
4890 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches." t nil)
4892 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
4893 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4894 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4895 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4896 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil)
4898 ;;;***
4900 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
4901 ;;;;;; (15417 7386))
4902 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
4904 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4905 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4906 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
4907 normal diffs.
4908 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary." t nil)
4910 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4911 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4912 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
4914 ;;;***
4916 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
4917 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
4918 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
4919 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
4920 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (15513 43367))
4921 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
4923 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
4924 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
4925 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
4926 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
4927 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
4928 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
4929 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
4930 `insert-directory' on ls-lisp.el for more details.")
4932 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
4933 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
4935 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
4936 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
4937 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
4938 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
4939 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
4941 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
4942 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
4944 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
4945 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
4946 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
4947 always set this variable to t.")
4949 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
4950 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
4951 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
4952 A value of t means move to first file.")
4954 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
4955 *Controls marking of renamed files.
4956 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
4957 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
4958 are afterward marked with that character.")
4960 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
4961 *Controls marking of copied files.
4962 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
4963 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4965 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
4966 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
4967 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
4968 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4970 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
4971 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
4972 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
4973 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4975 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
4976 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
4977 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
4978 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
4980 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
4982 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
4983 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
4984 \(This works on only some systems.)")
4985 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
4987 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
4988 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
4989 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
4990 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
4991 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
4992 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
4993 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
4994 list of files to make directory entries for.
4995 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
4996 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
4997 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
4998 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
5000 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil)
5001 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
5003 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
5004 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil)
5005 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
5007 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
5008 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil)
5010 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
5011 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil)
5013 ;;;***
5015 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
5016 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
5017 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
5018 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
5019 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
5020 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
5021 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
5022 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
5023 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
5024 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
5025 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
5026 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
5027 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (15505 59085))
5028 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
5030 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
5031 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
5032 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
5033 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
5034 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
5035 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
5036 which is options for `diff'." t nil)
5038 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
5039 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
5040 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
5041 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
5042 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
5043 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'." t nil)
5045 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
5046 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
5047 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed." t nil)
5049 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
5050 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
5052 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
5053 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
5055 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
5056 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
5057 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
5058 `lpr-switches' as default." t nil)
5060 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
5061 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
5062 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
5063 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
5064 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
5066 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
5067 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
5069 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
5070 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
5071 file name substituted for `?'.
5073 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
5074 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
5076 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
5077 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
5078 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
5079 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
5081 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
5083 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
5084 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
5085 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
5087 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
5088 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
5089 in a subdir.
5091 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
5092 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument." t nil)
5094 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
5095 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
5096 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
5097 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
5098 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
5099 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter)." t nil)
5101 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5103 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
5104 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
5106 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
5107 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
5109 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
5110 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
5112 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
5113 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
5114 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
5115 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing." t nil)
5117 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5119 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5121 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5123 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5125 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5127 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
5128 Create a directory called DIRECTORY." t nil)
5130 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
5131 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
5132 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
5133 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
5134 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
5135 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
5136 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
5137 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
5138 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
5140 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
5141 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
5142 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
5143 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
5144 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
5145 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
5146 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
5147 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
5149 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
5150 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
5151 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
5152 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
5153 and new hard links are made in that directory
5154 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
5155 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
5156 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
5158 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
5159 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
5160 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
5161 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
5162 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
5163 of `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
5165 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5166 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5168 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
5169 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
5170 file if none are marked.
5172 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
5173 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
5174 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
5175 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
5177 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
5178 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed." t nil)
5180 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5181 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5182 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
5184 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5185 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5186 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
5188 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5189 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5190 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
5192 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
5193 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case." t nil)
5195 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
5196 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case." t nil)
5198 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5199 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
5200 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
5201 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
5202 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
5203 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
5204 this subdirectory.
5205 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
5207 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5208 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
5209 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
5210 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
5211 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
5212 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
5213 this subdirectory.
5214 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
5216 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5217 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
5218 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line." t nil)
5220 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5221 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
5222 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
5223 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden." t nil)
5225 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
5226 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
5227 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
5228 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in." t nil)
5230 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5231 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
5232 Lower levels are unaffected." t nil)
5234 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
5235 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree." t nil)
5237 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
5238 Go down in the dired tree." t nil)
5240 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5241 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
5242 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
5243 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories." t nil)
5245 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
5246 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
5247 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
5248 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory." t nil)
5250 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
5251 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
5252 Stops when a match is found.
5253 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
5255 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5256 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
5257 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
5258 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
5259 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
5261 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
5262 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
5263 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
5264 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead." t nil)
5266 ;;;***
5268 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (15425 28361))
5269 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
5271 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
5272 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
5273 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
5274 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
5275 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
5276 buffer and try again." t nil)
5278 ;;;***
5280 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (15371 46416))
5281 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
5283 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
5284 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
5285 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
5287 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
5289 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
5290 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
5292 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
5293 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
5294 " nil nil)
5296 ;;;***
5298 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (15371
5299 ;;;;;; 46419))
5300 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
5302 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
5303 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
5304 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
5305 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
5306 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
5307 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil)
5309 ;;;***
5311 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
5312 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
5313 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
5314 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
5315 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (15391 60508))
5316 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
5318 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5319 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil)
5321 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
5322 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
5323 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
5324 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
5325 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
5327 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
5328 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
5329 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
5330 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
5331 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
5333 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5334 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer." nil nil)
5336 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5337 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil)
5339 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
5340 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil)
5342 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
5343 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil)
5345 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
5346 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil)
5348 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
5349 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
5350 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
5351 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil)
5353 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
5354 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
5355 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
5356 X frame." nil nil)
5358 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
5359 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil)
5361 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
5362 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal." nil nil)
5364 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
5365 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
5367 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
5368 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
5369 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
5370 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
5372 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
5373 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
5374 European character display.
5376 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
5377 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
5378 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
5379 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
5381 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
5382 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
5383 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
5384 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
5385 for users who call this function in `.emacs'." nil nil)
5387 ;;;***
5389 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
5390 ;;;;;; (15371 46425))
5391 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
5393 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
5394 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
5395 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
5396 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
5397 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
5398 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
5399 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
5400 Default is 2." t nil)
5402 ;;;***
5404 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (15371 46425))
5405 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
5407 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
5408 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil)
5410 ;;;***
5412 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
5413 ;;;;;; (15371 46415))
5414 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
5416 (defvar double-mode nil "\
5417 Toggle Double mode.
5418 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5419 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
5421 (custom-add-to-group (quote double) (quote double-mode) (quote custom-variable))
5423 (custom-add-load (quote double-mode) (quote double))
5425 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
5426 Toggle Double mode.
5427 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
5429 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
5430 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details." t nil)
5432 ;;;***
5434 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (15371 46425))
5435 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
5437 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
5438 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil)
5440 ;;;***
5442 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
5443 ;;;;;; (15371 46420))
5444 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
5446 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
5447 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil)
5449 ;;;***
5451 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
5452 ;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
5453 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (15505 59087))
5454 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
5456 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
5458 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
5459 Define a new minor mode MODE.
5460 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
5461 toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook.
5463 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
5464 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
5465 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
5466 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
5467 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
5468 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
5469 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
5470 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
5471 used (see below).
5473 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
5474 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks.
5475 BODY can start with a list of CL-style keys specifying additional arguments.
5476 The following keyword arguments are supported:
5477 :group Followed by the group name to use for any generated `defcustom'.
5478 :global If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
5479 buffer-local. By default, the variable is made buffer-local.
5480 :init-value Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
5481 :lighter Same as the LIGHTER argument." nil (quote macro))
5483 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
5484 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
5485 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
5486 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
5487 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments:
5488 :group to specify the custom group." nil (quote macro))
5490 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
5491 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
5492 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
5493 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
5494 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
5495 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
5496 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
5498 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro))
5500 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
5501 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
5502 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX)." nil (quote macro))
5504 ;;;***
5506 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
5507 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (15400
5508 ;;;;;; 1475))
5509 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
5511 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
5513 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
5514 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
5515 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
5516 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
5518 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
5519 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
5521 :filter FUNCTION
5523 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
5524 menu displayed.
5526 :visible INCLUDE
5528 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
5529 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
5531 :active ENABLE
5533 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
5534 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5536 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
5538 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
5540 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
5542 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
5543 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
5545 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
5546 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5548 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
5550 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
5552 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
5554 :keys KEYS
5556 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
5557 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
5558 computed automatically.
5559 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
5561 :key-sequence KEYS
5563 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
5564 menu item.
5565 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
5566 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
5567 keyboard equivalent.
5569 :active ENABLE
5571 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
5572 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5574 :included INCLUDE
5576 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
5577 expression has a non-nil value.
5579 :suffix FORM
5581 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
5582 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
5584 :style STYLE
5586 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
5587 defined:
5589 toggle: A checkbox.
5590 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
5591 radio: A radio button.
5592 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
5593 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
5594 menu bar itself.
5595 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
5597 :selected SELECTED
5599 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
5600 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5602 :help HELP
5604 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
5606 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
5607 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
5608 as a solid horizontal line.
5610 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu." nil (quote macro))
5612 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" nil nil nil)
5614 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
5615 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
5616 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
5617 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
5619 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
5620 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
5621 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
5622 should contain a submenu named NAME.
5623 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
5624 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
5626 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
5627 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
5628 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
5630 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
5631 to implement dynamic menus." nil nil)
5633 ;;;***
5635 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
5636 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup
5637 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
5638 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
5639 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (15371 46426))
5640 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
5642 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
5643 Customization for ebnf group." t nil)
5645 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5646 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
5648 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
5649 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
5650 it to the printer.
5652 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
5653 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
5654 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
5655 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
5657 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5658 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region.
5659 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
5661 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5662 Generate and spool a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
5663 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
5664 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
5666 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
5668 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5669 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region and spool locally.
5670 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
5672 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
5674 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5675 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
5677 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
5678 The EPS file name has the following form:
5680 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
5682 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
5683 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
5685 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
5686 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
5687 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
5688 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
5690 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
5692 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5693 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
5695 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
5696 The EPS file name has the following form:
5698 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
5700 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
5701 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
5703 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
5704 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
5705 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
5706 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
5708 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
5710 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
5712 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5713 Does a syntatic analysis of the current buffer." t nil)
5715 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5716 Does a syntatic analysis of a region." t nil)
5718 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
5719 Return the current ebnf2ps setup." nil nil)
5721 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5722 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES." t nil)
5724 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5725 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES." t nil)
5727 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5728 Set STYLE to current style.
5730 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5732 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5733 Reset current style.
5735 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5737 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5738 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style.
5740 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5742 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5743 Pop a style and set it to current style.
5745 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5747 ;;;***
5749 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
5750 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
5751 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
5752 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-loop-continue ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol
5753 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-choose-tree ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse"
5754 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (15505 59091))
5755 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
5757 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
5758 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
5759 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
5760 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
5761 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
5762 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
5764 Tree mode key bindings:
5765 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}" t nil)
5767 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
5768 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled." t nil)
5770 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
5771 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
5772 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
5773 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
5774 completion." t nil)
5776 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
5777 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
5778 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
5779 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over." t nil)
5781 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
5782 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
5783 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only." t nil)
5785 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
5786 Search for call sites of a member.
5787 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
5788 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
5789 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
5790 looks like a function call to the member." t nil)
5792 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
5793 Move backward in the position stack.
5794 Prefix arg ARG says how much." t nil)
5796 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
5797 Move forward in the position stack.
5798 Prefix arg ARG says how much." t nil)
5800 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
5801 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer." t nil)
5803 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
5804 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from." t nil)
5806 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
5807 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
5808 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
5809 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in." t nil)
5811 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
5812 Display statistics for a class tree." t nil)
5814 ;;;***
5816 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
5817 ;;;;;; (15371 46415))
5818 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
5820 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
5821 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
5822 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
5823 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
5825 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
5826 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
5827 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
5829 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
5830 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
5831 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
5833 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
5835 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil)
5837 ;;;***
5839 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
5840 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (15371 46415))
5841 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
5843 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
5844 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
5845 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil)
5847 ;;;***
5849 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
5850 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (15371 46419))
5851 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
5853 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
5854 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
5855 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
5856 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
5857 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
5859 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
5860 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
5861 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
5862 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
5864 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
5865 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
5866 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
5867 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
5869 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
5870 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
5871 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
5872 \(naming a function), or a list." nil (quote macro))
5874 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
5876 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
5877 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro.
5878 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug.
5879 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is,
5880 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil)
5882 ;;;***
5884 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
5885 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
5886 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
5887 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
5888 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
5889 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
5890 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
5891 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
5892 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3
5893 ;;;;;; ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (15512 11746))
5894 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
5896 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
5897 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil)
5899 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
5900 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil)
5902 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
5904 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
5906 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
5907 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil)
5909 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
5911 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
5912 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil)
5914 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
5916 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
5917 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
5918 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
5919 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5921 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
5923 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
5924 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
5925 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5926 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5928 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
5930 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
5931 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
5932 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular
5933 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5935 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
5937 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
5938 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
5939 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
5940 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5942 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
5944 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5945 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
5946 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
5947 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
5948 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
5949 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5951 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
5952 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
5953 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5954 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5956 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
5958 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5959 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
5960 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5961 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5963 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
5965 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
5967 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
5968 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
5969 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
5970 follows:
5971 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
5972 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
5974 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
5975 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
5976 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
5977 follows:
5978 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
5979 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
5981 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
5982 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
5983 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
5984 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
5985 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
5986 region.
5987 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
5988 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil)
5990 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
5991 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
5992 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
5993 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
5994 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
5995 region.
5996 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
5997 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
5998 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil)
6000 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
6002 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
6003 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil)
6005 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
6006 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil)
6008 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
6010 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
6011 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil)
6013 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
6014 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil)
6016 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
6017 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
6018 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
6019 buffer." t nil)
6021 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
6022 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
6023 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
6024 buffer." t nil)
6026 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
6027 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
6028 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
6029 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil)
6031 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
6032 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
6033 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
6034 and don't ask the user.
6035 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
6036 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file." t nil)
6038 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
6039 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME.
6040 Without prefix argument: asks if the patch is in some buffer and prompts for
6041 the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
6042 With prefix arg=1: assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
6043 With prefix arg=2: assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer." t nil)
6045 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
6047 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
6049 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
6050 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
6051 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
6052 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
6053 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil)
6055 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
6057 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
6058 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
6059 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil)
6061 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
6062 Display Ediff's manual.
6063 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil)
6065 ;;;***
6067 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
6068 ;;;;;; (15425 28361))
6069 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
6071 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" nil t nil)
6073 ;;;***
6075 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
6076 ;;;;;; (15512 11746))
6077 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
6079 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
6080 Display Ediff's registry." t nil)
6082 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
6084 ;;;***
6086 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
6087 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (15512 11746))
6088 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
6090 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
6091 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
6092 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
6093 which see." t nil)
6095 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
6096 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
6097 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
6098 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil)
6100 ;;;***
6102 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
6103 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
6104 ;;;;;; (15371 46415))
6105 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
6106 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro)
6108 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
6109 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
6110 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
6112 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6113 Edit a keyboard macro.
6114 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
6115 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
6116 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
6117 its command name.
6118 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil)
6120 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6121 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil)
6123 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6124 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil)
6126 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6127 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
6128 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
6129 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
6130 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
6131 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
6133 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
6134 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
6135 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
6136 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil)
6138 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6139 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
6140 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
6141 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
6142 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
6143 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil)
6145 ;;;***
6147 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
6148 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (15427 61507))
6149 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
6151 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
6152 Set scroll margins.
6153 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
6154 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window." t nil)
6156 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
6157 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil)
6159 ;;;***
6161 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
6162 ;;;;;; (15371 46415))
6163 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
6165 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
6166 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
6167 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
6168 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
6169 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
6170 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
6171 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
6172 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
6174 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
6175 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
6177 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
6178 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
6179 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
6180 this value is non-nil.
6182 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
6183 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
6184 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
6186 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
6187 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
6188 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil)
6190 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" nil nil nil)
6192 ;;;***
6194 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
6195 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (15425 28363))
6196 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
6198 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
6199 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
6201 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
6202 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
6203 Show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
6205 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
6206 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
6207 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
6208 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
6209 from the documentation string if possible.
6211 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
6212 instead.
6214 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
6216 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
6217 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil)
6219 ;;;***
6221 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (15371
6222 ;;;;;; 46415))
6223 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
6225 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
6226 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
6228 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
6229 an elided material again.
6231 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hooks' or appropriate mode hooks." t nil)
6233 ;;;***
6235 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
6236 ;;;;;; (15417 7421))
6237 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
6239 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
6240 Initialize elint." t nil)
6242 ;;;***
6244 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
6245 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (15417
6246 ;;;;;; 7421))
6247 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
6249 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
6250 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
6251 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil)
6253 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
6254 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
6255 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil)
6257 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
6258 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
6259 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
6261 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil)
6263 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
6264 Display current profiling results.
6265 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
6266 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
6267 displayed." t nil)
6269 ;;;***
6271 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
6272 ;;;;;; (15513 16623))
6273 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
6275 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
6276 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
6277 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil)
6279 ;;;***
6281 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
6282 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
6283 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
6284 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
6285 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (15417 7388))
6286 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
6288 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
6290 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu)))
6292 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories)))
6294 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor)))
6296 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions)))
6298 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor)))
6300 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files)))
6302 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor)))
6304 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers)))
6306 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
6307 Run Emerge on two files." t nil)
6309 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6310 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil)
6312 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
6313 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil)
6315 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6316 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil)
6318 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6320 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6322 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6324 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6326 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
6327 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil)
6329 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6330 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil)
6332 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" nil t nil)
6334 ;;;***
6336 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
6337 ;;;;;; (15391 60549))
6338 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
6340 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
6341 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
6342 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
6343 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6344 use either \\[customize] or the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
6346 (custom-add-to-group (quote encoded-kbd) (quote encoded-kbd-mode) (quote custom-variable))
6348 (custom-add-load (quote encoded-kbd-mode) (quote encoded-kb))
6350 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
6351 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
6352 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
6354 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
6355 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
6356 automatically.
6358 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
6359 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
6360 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]." t nil)
6362 ;;;***
6364 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
6365 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (15425 28361))
6366 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el
6368 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
6369 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
6370 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
6371 text/enriched format.
6372 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
6374 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
6375 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
6377 Commands:
6379 \\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil)
6381 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
6383 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
6385 ;;;***
6387 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (15472
6388 ;;;;;; 20892))
6389 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
6391 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
6392 Emacs shell interactive mode.
6394 \\{eshell-mode-map}" nil nil)
6396 ;;;***
6398 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (15472
6399 ;;;;;; 20892))
6400 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
6402 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
6403 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected." t nil)
6405 ;;;***
6407 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
6408 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (15472 20892))
6409 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
6411 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
6412 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
6413 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
6414 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
6415 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
6416 will begin. A new session is always created if the prefix
6417 argument ARG is specified. Returns the buffer selected (or created)." t nil)
6419 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
6420 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
6421 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point." t nil)
6423 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
6424 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
6425 The result might be any Lisp object.
6426 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
6427 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
6428 corresponding to a successful execution." nil nil)
6430 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
6431 Report a bug in Eshell.
6432 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
6433 Please include any configuration details that might be involved." t nil)
6435 ;;;***
6437 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
6438 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
6439 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
6440 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table
6441 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
6442 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
6443 ;;;;;; (15505 59091))
6444 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
6446 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
6447 *File name of tags table.
6448 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
6449 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
6450 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
6451 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
6453 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
6454 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
6455 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
6456 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
6458 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
6459 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
6460 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
6461 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
6462 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
6463 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
6465 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
6466 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
6467 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
6468 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
6469 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
6470 `auto-compression-mode').")
6472 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
6473 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
6474 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
6475 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
6476 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
6478 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
6479 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
6480 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
6481 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
6483 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
6484 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
6485 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
6486 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
6487 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
6489 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
6490 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
6491 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
6492 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
6494 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
6495 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
6496 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
6497 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
6498 file the tag was in." t nil)
6500 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
6501 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
6502 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
6503 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
6504 without directory names." nil nil)
6506 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
6507 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6508 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
6509 but does not select the buffer.
6510 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
6512 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6513 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6514 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6515 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
6516 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6518 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6520 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6521 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6522 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6524 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6526 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
6527 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6528 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
6529 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
6531 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6532 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6533 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6534 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
6535 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6537 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6539 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6540 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6541 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6543 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6544 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
6546 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
6547 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6548 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
6549 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
6550 around or before point.
6552 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6553 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6554 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6555 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6556 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6558 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6560 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6561 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6562 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6564 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6565 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
6567 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
6568 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6569 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
6570 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
6571 around or before point.
6573 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6574 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6575 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6576 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6577 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6579 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6581 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6582 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6583 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6585 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6586 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
6588 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
6589 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
6590 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
6592 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6593 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6594 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6595 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6596 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6598 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
6600 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6601 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6602 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6604 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6605 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
6606 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
6608 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
6609 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
6611 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
6612 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
6613 where they were found." t nil)
6615 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
6616 Select next file among files in current tags table.
6618 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
6619 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
6620 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
6622 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
6623 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
6625 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
6626 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil)
6628 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
6629 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
6630 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
6631 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
6633 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
6634 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
6635 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
6636 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
6637 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil)
6638 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
6640 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
6641 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
6642 Stops when a match is found.
6643 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6645 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6647 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
6648 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
6649 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6650 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
6651 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6653 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6655 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
6656 Display list of tags in file FILE.
6657 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
6658 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
6659 directory specification." t nil)
6661 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
6662 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches." t nil)
6664 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
6665 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
6666 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
6667 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list." t nil)
6669 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
6670 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
6671 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
6672 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
6673 for \\[find-tag] (which see)." t nil)
6675 ;;;***
6677 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
6678 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
6679 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
6680 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
6681 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
6682 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
6683 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
6684 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (15400 1477))
6685 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
6687 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" nil nil nil)
6689 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
6690 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
6691 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
6692 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6694 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
6695 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
6696 language.
6698 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
6699 even if the buffer is read-only.
6701 See also the descriptions of the variables
6702 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
6703 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
6705 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6706 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
6708 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6709 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6711 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
6712 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
6713 language.
6715 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
6716 buffer is read-only.
6718 See also the descriptions of the variables
6719 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
6720 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
6722 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6723 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
6724 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
6726 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
6727 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
6729 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
6730 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
6732 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
6733 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'." t nil)
6735 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6736 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
6737 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
6738 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
6740 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
6741 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
6742 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6743 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6745 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
6746 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
6747 the primary language.
6749 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
6750 buffer is read-only.
6752 See also the descriptions of the variables
6753 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
6754 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
6756 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6757 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
6758 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6759 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6761 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
6762 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
6763 primary language.
6765 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
6766 buffer is read-only.
6768 See also the descriptions of the variables
6769 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
6770 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
6772 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6773 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
6774 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
6776 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
6777 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
6779 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
6780 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
6781 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
6782 3) convert the body into SERA.
6784 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too." t nil)
6786 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6787 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
6788 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
6790 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
6791 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor." t nil)
6793 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
6794 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
6796 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
6797 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
6798 be 1, 2, or 3.
6800 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
6801 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
6802 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
6804 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region." t nil)
6806 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
6807 Allow the user to input special characters." t nil)
6809 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6810 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
6811 Each command is always surrounded by braces." t nil)
6813 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6814 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars." t nil)
6816 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6817 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
6819 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
6820 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
6822 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
6823 Otherwise, [0-9A-F]." nil nil)
6825 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6826 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters." nil nil)
6828 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
6829 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix." nil nil)
6831 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
6832 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension." nil nil)
6834 ;;;***
6836 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
6837 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
6838 ;;;;;; (15441 20096))
6839 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
6841 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
6842 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
6843 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
6844 server for future sessions." t nil)
6846 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
6847 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
6849 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
6850 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
6852 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
6853 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
6854 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
6855 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
6856 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
6857 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
6858 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
6859 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
6860 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
6861 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
6862 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
6863 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'" t nil)
6865 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
6866 Display a form to query the directory server.
6867 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
6868 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form." t nil)
6870 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
6871 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
6872 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect." t nil)
6874 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
6876 ;;;***
6878 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
6879 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
6880 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (15441 20096))
6881 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
6883 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
6884 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA." nil nil)
6886 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
6887 Display URL and make it clickable." nil nil)
6889 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\
6890 Display e-mail address and make it clickable." nil nil)
6892 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
6893 Display a button to play the sound DATA." nil nil)
6895 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
6896 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible." nil nil)
6898 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
6899 Display a button for the JPEG DATA." nil nil)
6901 ;;;***
6903 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
6904 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (15441 20096))
6905 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
6907 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
6908 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
6909 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer." t nil)
6911 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
6912 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record." t nil)
6914 ;;;***
6916 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
6917 ;;;;;; (15441 20096))
6918 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
6920 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
6921 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer." t nil)
6923 ;;;***
6925 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
6926 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-find)
6927 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (15371 46426))
6928 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
6930 (autoload (quote executable-find) "executable" "\
6931 Search for COMMAND in `exec-path' and return the absolute file name.
6932 Return nil if COMMAND is not found anywhere in `exec-path'." nil nil)
6934 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
6935 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
6936 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
6937 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
6938 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
6939 executable." t nil)
6941 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
6942 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
6943 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil)
6945 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
6946 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
6947 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
6948 file modes." nil nil)
6950 ;;;***
6952 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
6953 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (15391 60510))
6954 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
6956 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
6957 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
6958 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
6959 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
6961 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
6963 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
6964 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
6965 to generate such functions.
6967 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
6968 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
6969 beginning of the expanded text.
6971 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
6972 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
6973 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
6974 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
6976 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text." nil nil)
6978 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
6979 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
6980 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
6982 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
6983 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
6984 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
6985 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
6986 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
6988 ;;;***
6990 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (15417 7451))
6991 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
6993 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
6994 Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format.
6996 \\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line.
6997 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly.
6998 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
7000 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
7002 Key definitions:
7003 \\{f90-mode-map}
7005 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
7007 f90-do-indent
7008 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
7009 f90-if-indent
7010 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3)
7011 f90-type-indent
7012 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3)
7013 f90-program-indent
7014 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks.
7015 (default 2)
7016 f90-continuation-indent
7017 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5)
7018 f90-comment-region
7019 String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in
7020 region. (default \"!!!$\")
7021 f90-indented-comment-re
7022 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code.
7023 (default \"!\")
7024 f90-directive-comment-re
7025 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented.
7026 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\")
7027 f90-break-delimiters
7028 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken.
7029 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\")
7030 f90-break-before-delimiters
7031 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters.
7032 (default t)
7033 f90-beginning-ampersand
7034 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t)
7035 f90-smart-end
7036 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
7037 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
7038 whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink)
7039 f90-auto-keyword-case
7040 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil)
7041 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
7042 f90-leave-line-no
7043 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil)
7044 f90-startup-message
7045 Set to nil to inhibit message first time F90 mode is used. (default t)
7046 f90-keywords-re
7047 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
7049 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
7050 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
7052 ;;;***
7054 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at
7055 ;;;;;; describe-text-at facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-all
7056 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible
7057 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background
7058 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "facemenu.el"
7059 ;;;;;; (15505 59085))
7060 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
7061 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap)
7062 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
7064 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
7065 Menu keymap for faces.")
7067 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
7069 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
7070 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
7072 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
7074 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
7075 Menu keymap for background colors.")
7077 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
7079 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
7080 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
7082 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
7084 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
7085 Submenu for text justification commands.")
7087 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
7089 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
7090 Submenu for indentation commands.")
7092 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
7094 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
7095 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
7097 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
7099 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Text") (quote describe-text-at))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
7101 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
7103 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
7105 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
7106 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
7107 This adds FACE to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
7108 will not show through at all will be removed.
7110 Interactively, reads the face name with the minibuffer.
7112 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
7113 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
7114 requested face.
7116 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
7117 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
7118 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
7120 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
7121 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
7122 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
7124 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
7125 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
7126 requested face.
7128 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
7129 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
7130 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
7132 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
7133 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
7134 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
7136 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
7137 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
7138 requested face.
7140 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
7141 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
7142 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
7144 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
7145 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
7146 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
7147 is the menu item's name.
7149 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
7150 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
7151 requested face.
7153 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
7154 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
7155 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
7157 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
7158 Make the region invisible.
7159 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
7160 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
7162 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
7163 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
7164 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
7165 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
7167 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
7168 Make the region unmodifiable.
7169 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
7170 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
7172 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
7173 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties." t nil)
7175 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
7176 Remove all text properties from the region." t nil)
7178 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
7179 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
7180 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil)
7182 (autoload (quote describe-text-at) "facemenu" "\
7183 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS." t nil)
7185 (autoload (quote list-text-properties-at) "facemenu" "\
7186 Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil)
7188 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
7189 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil)
7191 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
7192 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
7193 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
7194 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
7195 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil)
7197 ;;;***
7199 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
7200 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (15391 60510))
7201 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
7203 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
7204 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
7205 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
7206 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
7208 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
7210 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
7211 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
7212 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
7214 Font Lock caches may be saved:
7215 - When you save the file's buffer.
7216 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
7217 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
7218 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
7219 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
7221 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
7223 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
7224 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
7225 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
7226 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil)
7228 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
7229 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil)
7231 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
7233 ;;;***
7235 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
7236 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
7237 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (15441 20095))
7238 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
7240 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
7241 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
7242 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
7243 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing." nil nil)
7245 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
7246 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts." t nil)
7248 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
7249 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
7250 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
7251 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt." t nil)
7253 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
7254 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
7255 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
7256 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
7257 backup file names and the like)." t nil)
7259 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
7260 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
7261 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
7262 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
7263 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
7264 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
7265 internally by feedmail):
7267 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
7268 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
7269 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
7270 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
7272 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
7273 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
7274 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
7275 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
7276 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil." t nil)
7278 ;;;***
7280 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
7281 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (15464 26323))
7282 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
7284 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
7285 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
7286 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
7287 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
7288 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
7289 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
7290 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'." t nil)
7292 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
7293 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
7294 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
7295 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
7296 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
7297 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
7298 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
7300 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version." t nil)
7301 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
7303 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
7304 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
7305 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
7306 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
7307 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
7308 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'." t nil)
7310 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
7311 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
7312 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
7313 Return value:
7314 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
7315 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
7316 * otherwise, nil" t nil)
7318 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
7319 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'." t nil)
7321 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
7322 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'." t nil)
7324 ;;;***
7326 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
7327 ;;;;;; (15391 60510))
7328 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
7330 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
7331 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
7332 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
7333 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
7334 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
7335 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
7336 \(directories) is done." t nil)
7337 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7338 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7339 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7341 ;;;***
7343 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
7344 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (15505 59086))
7345 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
7347 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
7348 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
7349 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
7350 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
7351 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
7353 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
7354 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
7355 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
7356 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
7358 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
7359 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
7360 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7362 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
7364 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
7365 as the final argument." t nil)
7367 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
7368 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
7369 and run dired on those files.
7370 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
7371 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7373 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil)
7375 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
7376 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
7377 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7379 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
7381 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil)
7383 ;;;***
7385 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
7386 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
7387 ;;;;;; (15400 1472))
7388 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
7390 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
7391 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
7392 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
7394 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window." t nil)
7396 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
7397 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
7398 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
7400 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
7401 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
7403 Variables of interest include:
7405 - `ff-case-fold-search'
7406 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
7407 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
7409 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
7410 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
7411 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
7413 - `ff-ignore-include'
7414 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
7416 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
7417 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
7419 - `ff-quiet-mode'
7420 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
7422 - `ff-special-constructs'
7423 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
7424 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
7425 extracting the filename from that construct.
7427 - `ff-other-file-alist'
7428 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
7430 - `ff-search-directories'
7431 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
7432 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
7434 - `ff-pre-find-hooks'
7435 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
7437 - `ff-pre-load-hooks'
7438 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
7440 - `ff-post-load-hooks'
7441 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
7443 - `ff-not-found-hooks'
7444 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
7446 - `ff-file-created-hooks'
7447 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created." t nil)
7449 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
7450 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
7452 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
7453 Visit the file you click on in another window." t nil)
7455 ;;;***
7457 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
7458 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
7459 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
7460 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
7461 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect) "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el"
7462 ;;;;;; (15371 46419))
7463 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
7465 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
7466 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
7468 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
7469 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
7470 not selected.
7472 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
7473 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
7474 in `load-path'." nil nil)
7476 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
7477 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
7479 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
7480 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
7481 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
7482 it is one of the current buffers.
7484 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
7485 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
7486 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
7488 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
7489 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
7491 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
7493 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
7494 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
7496 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
7498 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
7499 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
7501 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
7502 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
7503 not selected.
7505 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
7506 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'." nil nil)
7508 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
7509 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
7511 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
7512 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
7513 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
7514 it is one of the current buffers.
7516 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
7517 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
7518 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
7520 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
7521 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
7523 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
7525 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
7526 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
7528 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
7530 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
7531 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
7532 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer." t nil)
7534 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
7535 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
7537 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
7538 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
7540 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
7541 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions." nil nil)
7543 ;;;***
7545 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
7546 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (15371 46415))
7547 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
7549 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
7550 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP." t nil)
7552 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
7553 Find all subdirectories of DIR." t nil)
7555 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
7556 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP." t nil)
7558 ;;;***
7560 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
7561 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (15515 48463))
7562 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
7564 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
7565 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer." t nil)
7567 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
7568 Display FILE's commentary section.
7569 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'." t nil)
7571 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
7572 Find packages matching a given keyword." t nil)
7574 ;;;***
7576 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
7577 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (15371 46415))
7578 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
7580 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
7581 Toggle flow control handling.
7582 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
7583 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil)
7585 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
7586 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
7587 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
7588 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
7589 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
7590 to get the effect of a C-q." nil nil)
7592 ;;;***
7594 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
7595 ;;;;;; flyspell-version flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)
7596 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (15478 22406))
7597 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
7599 (defvar flyspell-mode-line-string " Fly" "\
7600 *String displayed on the modeline when flyspell is active.
7601 Set this to nil if you don't want a modeline indicator.")
7603 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
7604 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings." t nil)
7606 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
7608 (defvar flyspell-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap))
7610 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
7611 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
7612 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
7613 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
7614 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
7615 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
7617 Bindings:
7618 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
7619 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
7620 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
7622 Hooks:
7623 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
7625 Remark:
7626 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
7627 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
7628 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
7630 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
7631 consider adding:
7632 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
7633 in your .emacs file.
7635 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
7636 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer." t nil)
7638 (add-minor-mode (quote flyspell-mode) (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) flyspell-mode-map nil (quote flyspell-mode))
7640 (autoload (quote flyspell-version) "flyspell" "\
7641 The flyspell version" t nil)
7643 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
7644 Turn Flyspell mode off." nil nil)
7646 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
7647 Flyspell text between BEG and END." t nil)
7649 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
7650 Flyspell whole buffer." t nil)
7652 ;;;***
7654 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
7655 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
7656 ;;;;;; (15441 20087))
7657 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
7659 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
7660 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
7662 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
7663 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
7665 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
7666 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
7668 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
7669 of two major techniques:
7671 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
7672 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
7673 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
7675 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
7676 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
7677 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
7678 movement commands.
7680 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
7681 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
7682 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
7683 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
7684 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
7685 mileage may vary).
7687 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
7688 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
7690 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
7692 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
7693 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
7694 \(This is the default.)
7696 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
7697 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
7699 Keys specific to Follow mode:
7700 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil)
7702 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
7703 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
7705 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
7706 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
7707 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
7708 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
7709 two windows always will display two successive pages.
7710 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
7712 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
7713 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
7714 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
7716 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
7717 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
7718 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil)
7720 ;;;***
7722 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer global-font-lock-mode
7723 ;;;;;; font-lock-remove-keywords font-lock-add-keywords turn-on-font-lock
7724 ;;;;;; font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "font-lock.el" (15505 59086))
7725 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
7727 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote font-lock-defaults))
7729 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
7730 Toggle Font Lock mode.
7731 With arg, turn Font Lock mode off if and only if arg is a non-positive
7732 number; if arg is nil, toggle Font Lock mode; anything else turns Font
7733 Lock on.
7734 \(Font Lock is also known as \"syntax highlighting\".)
7736 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it:
7738 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face';
7739 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face';
7740 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according to the
7741 value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
7743 To customize the faces (colors, fonts, etc.) used by Font Lock for
7744 fontifying different parts of buffer text, use \\[customize-face].
7746 You can enable Font Lock mode in any major mode automatically by turning on in
7747 the major mode's hook. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
7749 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock)
7751 Alternatively, you can use Global Font Lock mode to automagically turn on Font
7752 Lock mode in buffers whose major mode supports it and whose major mode is one
7753 of `font-lock-global-modes'. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
7755 (global-font-lock-mode t)
7757 There are a number of support modes that may be used to speed up Font Lock mode
7758 in various ways, specified via the variable `font-lock-support-mode'. Where
7759 major modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable
7760 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer.
7761 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though
7762 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'.
7764 For example, to specify that Font Lock mode use use Lazy Lock mode as a support
7765 mode and use maximum levels of fontification, put in your ~/.emacs:
7767 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
7768 (setq font-lock-maximum-decoration t)
7770 To add your own highlighting for some major mode, and modify the highlighting
7771 selected automatically via the variable `font-lock-maximum-decoration', you can
7772 use `font-lock-add-keywords'.
7774 To fontify a buffer, without turning on Font Lock mode and regardless of buffer
7775 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer].
7777 To fontify a block (the function or paragraph containing point, or a number of
7778 lines around point), perhaps because modification on the current line caused
7779 syntactic change on other lines, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
7781 See the variable `font-lock-defaults-alist' for the Font Lock mode default
7782 settings. You can set your own default settings for some mode, by setting a
7783 buffer local value for `font-lock-defaults', via its mode hook." t nil)
7785 (autoload (quote turn-on-font-lock) "font-lock" "\
7786 Turn on Font Lock mode (only if the terminal can display it)." nil nil)
7788 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
7789 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
7790 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
7791 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
7792 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
7793 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
7794 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
7795 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
7796 end of the current highlighting list.
7798 For example:
7800 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
7801 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
7802 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
7804 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
7805 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
7807 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
7808 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
7809 subtle problems due to details of the implementation.
7811 Note that some modes have specialised support for additional patterns, e.g.,
7812 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
7813 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'." nil nil)
7815 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
7816 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
7818 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
7819 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer.
7821 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
7822 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
7823 subtle problems due to details of the implementation." nil nil)
7825 (defvar global-font-lock-mode nil "\
7826 Non-nil if Global-Font-Lock mode is enabled.
7827 See the command `global-font-lock-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
7828 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7829 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-font-lock-mode'.")
7831 (custom-add-to-group (quote font-lock) (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
7833 (custom-add-load (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote font-lock))
7835 (autoload (quote global-font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
7836 Toggle Font-Lock mode in every buffer.
7837 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Font-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7838 Font-Lock mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
7839 in which `turn-on-font-lock-if-enabled' turns it on." t nil)
7841 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
7842 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would." t nil)
7844 ;;;***
7846 ;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el"
7847 ;;;;;; (15417 7424))
7848 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
7850 (autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\
7851 Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC.
7852 FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format:
7853 FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ...
7854 Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas.
7856 Optional 2nd argument is ignored. It exists just for backward
7857 compatibility.
7859 If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is
7860 signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil.
7862 It returns a name of the created fontset." nil nil)
7864 ;;;***
7866 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (15400
7867 ;;;;;; 1477))
7868 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
7870 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
7871 Toggle footnote minor mode.
7872 \\<message-mode-map>
7873 key binding
7874 --- -------
7876 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
7877 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
7878 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
7879 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
7880 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
7881 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
7882 " t nil)
7884 ;;;***
7886 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
7887 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (15371 46415))
7888 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
7890 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
7891 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
7893 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
7894 TAB forms-next-field TAB
7895 C-c TAB forms-next-field
7896 C-c < forms-first-record <
7897 C-c > forms-last-record >
7898 C-c ? describe-mode ?
7899 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
7900 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
7901 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
7902 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
7903 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
7904 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
7905 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
7906 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
7907 C-c C-x forms-exit x
7908 " t nil)
7910 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
7911 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil)
7913 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
7914 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil)
7916 ;;;***
7918 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
7919 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (15505 59091))
7920 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
7922 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
7923 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
7924 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
7925 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
7926 with a character in column 6.")
7928 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
7929 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
7930 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
7931 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
7933 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for
7934 Fortran keywords.
7936 Key definitions:
7937 \\{fortran-mode-map}
7939 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
7941 `comment-start'
7942 If you want to use comments starting with `!',
7943 set this to the string \"!\".
7944 `fortran-do-indent'
7945 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
7946 `fortran-if-indent'
7947 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
7948 `fortran-structure-indent'
7949 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
7950 (default 3)
7951 `fortran-continuation-indent'
7952 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
7953 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
7954 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
7955 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
7956 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
7957 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
7958 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
7959 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
7960 (for TAB format continuation style).
7961 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
7962 indentation for a line of code.
7963 (default 'fixed)
7964 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
7965 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
7966 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \")
7967 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
7968 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
7969 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
7970 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
7971 `fortran-line-number-indent'
7972 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
7973 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
7974 column 5. (default 1)
7975 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
7976 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
7977 statements. (default nil)
7978 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
7979 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
7980 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
7981 statement. (default nil)
7982 `fortran-continuation-string'
7983 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
7984 line. (default \"$\")
7985 `fortran-comment-region'
7986 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
7987 region. (default \"c$$$\")
7988 `fortran-electric-line-number'
7989 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
7990 as typed. (default t)
7991 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
7992 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters.
7993 (default t)
7995 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
7996 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
7998 ;;;***
8000 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
8001 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (15371 46425))
8002 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
8004 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
8005 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
8007 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
8008 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'." t nil)
8010 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
8011 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
8013 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
8014 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'." t nil)
8016 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
8017 Compile fortune file.
8019 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
8020 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories." t nil)
8022 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
8023 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
8025 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
8026 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
8027 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
8028 and choose the directory as the fortune-file." t nil)
8030 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
8031 Display a fortune cookie.
8033 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
8034 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
8035 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
8036 and choose the directory as the fortune-file." t nil)
8038 ;;;***
8040 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
8041 ;;;;;; (15371 46415))
8042 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
8044 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
8045 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
8047 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
8048 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
8050 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
8051 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
8052 function.
8054 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
8055 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
8056 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
8057 `comment-start' syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
8058 pair are considered to be `comment-start' and `comment-end' respectively.
8059 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
8061 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
8062 Each keyword should be a string.
8064 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
8065 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
8067 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to `auto-mode-alist'.
8068 These regexps are added to `auto-mode-alist' as soon as `define-generic-mode'
8069 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
8071 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
8073 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'." nil nil)
8075 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
8076 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
8077 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
8078 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
8080 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
8081 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'." t nil)
8083 ;;;***
8085 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
8086 ;;;;;; (15371 46426))
8087 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
8089 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
8090 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
8091 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
8092 at places they belong to." t nil)
8094 ;;;***
8096 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
8097 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (15417 7423))
8098 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
8100 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
8101 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server." t nil)
8103 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
8104 Read network news.
8105 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
8106 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
8107 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
8108 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
8109 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil)
8111 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
8112 Read news as a slave." t nil)
8114 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
8115 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil)
8117 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
8118 Read network news.
8119 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
8120 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
8121 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil)
8123 ;;;***
8125 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
8126 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
8127 ;;;;;; (15371 46421))
8128 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
8130 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
8131 Start Gnus unplugged." t nil)
8133 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
8134 Start Gnus plugged." t nil)
8136 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
8137 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
8138 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
8139 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
8141 \(gnus-agentize)
8143 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
8144 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
8145 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers." t nil)
8147 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
8148 Start Gnus and fetch session." t nil)
8150 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" nil t nil)
8152 ;;;***
8154 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
8155 ;;;;;; (15478 22405))
8156 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
8158 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
8159 Make the current buffer look like a nice article." nil nil)
8161 ;;;***
8163 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
8164 ;;;;;; (15371 46421))
8165 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
8167 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
8168 Play a sound FILE through the speaker." t nil)
8170 ;;;***
8172 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
8173 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (15371
8174 ;;;;;; 46421))
8175 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
8177 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
8178 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
8180 Usage:
8181 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil)
8183 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
8184 Generate the cache active file." t nil)
8186 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
8187 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil)
8189 ;;;***
8191 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
8192 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (15391 60529))
8193 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
8195 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
8196 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
8197 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil)
8199 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
8200 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP." t nil)
8202 ;;;***
8204 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
8205 ;;;;;; (15371 46421))
8206 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
8208 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
8210 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
8211 Run batched scoring.
8212 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score" t nil)
8214 ;;;***
8216 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode)
8217 ;;;;;; "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (15371 46421))
8218 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
8220 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" nil nil nil)
8222 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
8223 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
8225 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}" t nil)
8227 ;;;***
8229 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
8230 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
8231 ;;;;;; (15400 1475))
8232 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
8234 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8235 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
8236 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
8237 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
8238 group parameters.
8240 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
8241 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
8242 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
8243 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
8245 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
8246 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
8247 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
8248 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
8249 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
8250 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
8251 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
8252 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
8253 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
8254 gnus-group-split-fancy for details." t nil)
8256 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8257 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL, by
8258 calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil CATCH-ALL).
8260 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
8261 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup." t nil)
8263 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8264 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
8265 See gnus-group-split-fancy for more information.
8267 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods." nil nil)
8269 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8270 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
8271 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
8273 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
8275 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
8276 be used to select candidate groups. If it is ommited or nil, all
8277 existing groups are considered.
8279 if NO-CROSSPOST is ommitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
8280 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
8281 returned.
8283 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
8284 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
8285 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
8286 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
8287 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
8288 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
8289 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
8290 clauses will be generated.
8292 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
8293 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
8294 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
8295 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
8296 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
8297 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
8299 For example, given the following group parameters:
8301 nnml:mail.bar:
8302 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
8303 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
8304 nnml:mail.foo:
8305 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
8306 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
8307 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
8308 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
8309 nnml:mail.others:
8310 \((split-spec . catch-all))
8312 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.misc\") returns:
8314 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
8315 \"mail.bar\")
8316 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
8317 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
8318 \"mail.others\")" nil nil)
8320 ;;;***
8322 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
8323 ;;;;;; (15371 46421))
8324 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
8326 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
8327 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
8328 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil)
8330 ;;;***
8332 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (15472
8333 ;;;;;; 20892))
8334 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
8336 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
8337 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
8338 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
8339 Gcc: header for archiving purposes." t nil)
8341 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
8343 ;;;***
8345 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "gnus/gnus-mule.el"
8346 ;;;;;; (15371 46421))
8347 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
8349 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
8350 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
8351 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
8352 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car part is used and the cdr
8353 part is ignored.
8355 This function exists for backward comaptibility with Emacs 20. It is
8356 recommended to customize the variable `gnus-group-charset-alist'
8357 rather than using this function." nil nil)
8359 ;;;***
8361 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
8362 ;;;;;; (15371 46421))
8363 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
8365 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
8366 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
8367 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
8368 for matching on group names.
8370 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
8371 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
8373 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
8375 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet." t nil)
8377 ;;;***
8379 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
8380 ;;;;;; (15371 46421))
8381 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
8383 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
8384 Update the format specification near point." t nil)
8386 ;;;***
8388 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
8389 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (15514 12379))
8390 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
8392 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
8393 Unload all Gnus features.
8394 \(For some value of `all' or `Gnus'.) Currently, features whose names
8395 have prefixes `gnus-', `nn', `mm-' or `rfc' are unloaded. Use
8396 cautiously -- unloading may cause trouble." t nil)
8398 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
8399 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil)
8401 ;;;***
8403 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
8404 ;;;;;; (15371 46421))
8405 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
8407 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
8408 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil)
8410 ;;;***
8412 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (15400 1479))
8413 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
8415 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
8416 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
8418 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
8419 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
8420 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
8422 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
8423 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
8424 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
8426 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
8427 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
8429 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
8430 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
8432 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
8434 ;;;***
8436 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
8437 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (15371 46424))
8438 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
8440 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
8441 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
8442 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
8443 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
8444 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click." t nil)
8446 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
8447 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
8448 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
8449 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
8450 there, then load the URL at or before point." t nil)
8452 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
8453 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
8454 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
8455 or to send e-mail.
8456 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
8458 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
8459 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information)." t nil)
8461 ;;;***
8463 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (15371 46415))
8464 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
8466 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
8467 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
8468 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
8469 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
8470 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful." nil nil)
8472 ;;;***
8474 ;;;### (autoloads (jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el"
8475 ;;;;;; (15464 26323))
8476 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el
8478 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
8479 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8480 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8481 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8483 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
8484 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8485 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8486 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8488 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
8489 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8490 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8491 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8493 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
8494 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8495 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8496 and source-file directory for your debugger.
8498 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
8499 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
8501 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
8502 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8503 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8504 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8506 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
8507 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
8508 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8509 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8511 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
8512 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
8513 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
8514 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
8515 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
8517 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
8518 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
8519 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
8520 original source file access method.
8522 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
8523 gud, see `gud-mode'." t nil)
8524 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
8526 ;;;***
8528 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (15371
8529 ;;;;;; 46425))
8530 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
8532 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
8533 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
8534 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
8535 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
8537 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
8538 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
8539 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
8540 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)" t nil)
8542 ;;;***
8544 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
8545 ;;;;;; (15371 46425))
8546 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
8548 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
8549 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings." t nil)
8551 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
8552 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
8553 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
8554 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
8556 Repent before ring 31 moves." t nil)
8558 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
8559 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
8560 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
8561 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
8562 to be updated." t nil)
8564 ;;;***
8566 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
8567 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-function locate-library
8568 ;;;;;; help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (15483 47733))
8569 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
8571 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "\
8572 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
8573 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
8574 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
8575 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
8576 With arg, you are asked to choose which language." t nil)
8578 (autoload (quote locate-library) "help-fns" "\
8579 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
8580 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `M-x load-library'
8581 to find the file that `M-x load-library RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
8582 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
8583 to the specified name LIBRARY.
8585 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
8586 is used instead of `load-path'.
8588 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
8589 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
8590 and the file name is displayed in the echo area." t nil)
8592 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
8593 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol)." t nil)
8595 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" nil nil nil)
8597 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
8598 Return the bound variable symbol found around point.
8599 Return 0 if there is no such symbol." nil nil)
8601 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
8602 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
8603 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
8604 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
8605 it is displayed along with the global value." t nil)
8607 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
8608 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
8609 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
8610 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer." t nil)
8612 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
8613 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
8614 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed." t nil)
8616 ;;;***
8618 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
8619 ;;;;;; (15371 46415))
8620 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
8622 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
8623 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
8624 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
8625 and window listing and describing the options.
8626 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
8627 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
8629 ;;;***
8631 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
8632 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
8633 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (15427 61501))
8634 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
8636 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
8637 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
8638 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
8639 Commands:
8640 \\{help-mode-map}" t nil)
8642 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" nil nil nil)
8644 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" nil nil nil)
8646 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
8647 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
8649 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
8650 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
8651 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
8652 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
8654 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
8655 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
8656 restore it properly when going back." nil nil)
8658 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
8659 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
8661 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and, if
8662 `help-highlight-p' is non-nil, highlight it with face defined by
8663 `help-highlight-face'; activate such cross references for selection
8664 with `help-follow'. Cross-references have the canonical form `...'
8665 and the type of reference may be disambiguated by the preceding
8666 word(s) used in `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
8668 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
8669 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
8670 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
8671 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
8673 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
8674 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
8675 that." t nil)
8677 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
8678 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
8679 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
8680 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
8681 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
8682 See `help-make-xrefs'." nil nil)
8684 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
8685 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
8686 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
8687 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
8688 See `help-make-xrefs'." nil nil)
8690 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
8691 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO." nil nil)
8693 ;;;***
8695 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
8696 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (15371 46419))
8697 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
8699 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
8700 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil)
8702 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
8703 Provide help for current mode." t nil)
8705 ;;;***
8707 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
8708 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (15505 59086))
8709 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
8711 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
8712 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
8713 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
8714 if the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
8715 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
8717 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
8718 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
8720 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
8721 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
8722 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
8723 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
8725 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
8726 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
8727 periods.
8729 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
8730 in hexl format.
8732 A sample format:
8734 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
8735 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
8736 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
8737 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
8738 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
8739 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
8740 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
8741 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
8742 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
8743 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
8744 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
8745 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
8746 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
8747 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
8748 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
8750 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
8751 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
8752 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
8754 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
8755 also supported.
8757 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
8759 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
8760 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
8761 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
8763 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
8764 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
8765 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
8767 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
8768 into the buffer at the current point.
8770 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
8771 into the buffer at the current point.
8773 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
8774 into the buffer at the current point.
8776 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
8778 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
8779 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
8781 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
8783 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil)
8785 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
8786 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
8787 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil)
8789 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
8790 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
8791 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil)
8793 ;;;***
8795 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
8796 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
8797 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (15455
8798 ;;;;;; 18398))
8799 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
8801 (defgroup hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting nil "Interactively add and remove font-lock patterns for highlighting text." :group (quote faces))
8803 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\
8804 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.")
8806 (custom-add-to-group (quote hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting) (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
8808 (custom-add-load (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote hi-lock))
8810 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
8811 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
8813 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
8814 turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\"
8815 submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
8816 which can be called interactively, are:
8818 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
8819 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
8821 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
8822 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
8823 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
8824 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
8826 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
8827 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
8829 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
8830 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
8832 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
8833 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
8834 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
8835 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
8836 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
8837 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
8839 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
8840 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
8842 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
8843 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
8844 Hi-lock: FOO
8845 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords
8846 already present. The patterns must start before position (number
8847 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns
8848 will be read until
8849 Hi-lock: end
8850 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'." t nil)
8852 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
8854 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8855 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
8857 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
8858 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
8859 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
8860 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
8862 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
8864 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8865 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
8867 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
8868 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
8869 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
8870 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
8872 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
8874 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8875 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
8877 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
8878 lower-case letters made case insensitive." t nil)
8880 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
8882 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8883 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
8885 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
8886 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
8887 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
8888 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
8889 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)" t nil)
8891 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
8892 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
8894 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
8895 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
8896 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'." t nil)
8898 ;;;***
8900 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
8901 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (15505 59091))
8902 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
8904 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
8905 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
8906 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
8907 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
8908 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
8909 how the hiding is done:
8911 `hide-ifdef-env'
8912 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
8913 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
8914 is used.
8916 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
8917 An association list of defined symbol lists.
8918 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
8919 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
8920 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
8922 `hide-ifdef-lines'
8923 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
8924 #endif lines when hiding.
8926 `hide-ifdef-initially'
8927 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
8928 is activated.
8930 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
8931 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
8932 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
8934 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil)
8936 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
8937 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
8939 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
8940 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
8942 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
8943 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
8945 ;;;***
8947 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
8948 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (15371 46426))
8949 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
8951 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
8952 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
8954 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
8955 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
8956 Each element has the form
8957 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
8959 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
8960 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
8962 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
8963 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
8965 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
8966 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
8967 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
8968 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. For
8969 example, see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
8971 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
8972 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
8974 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
8975 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
8977 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
8978 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
8979 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
8981 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
8982 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
8983 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
8984 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
8985 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
8986 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
8988 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
8989 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
8990 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
8992 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
8993 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
8995 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
8997 Key bindings:
8998 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
9000 ;;;***
9002 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
9003 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
9004 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
9005 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (15464 26323))
9006 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
9008 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
9010 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
9011 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
9012 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes." t nil)
9014 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
9015 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
9017 Without an argument:
9018 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
9019 or passive state as determined by the variable
9020 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
9021 and passive state.
9023 With an argument ARG:
9024 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
9025 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
9026 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
9028 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
9029 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
9030 not displayed in a different face.
9032 Functions:
9033 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
9034 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
9035 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
9036 buffer with the contents of a file
9037 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
9038 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
9039 various faces.
9041 Hook variables:
9042 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode.
9043 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
9044 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
9046 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
9047 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
9049 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
9050 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
9052 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
9053 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
9055 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
9056 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
9057 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
9058 shown in the last face in the list.
9060 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
9061 by adding the following to `local-write-file-hooks', by evaling it in the
9062 buffer to be saved):
9064 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)" t nil)
9066 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
9067 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
9069 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
9070 and must not be read-only.
9072 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
9073 this function is called interactively.
9075 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
9076 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
9077 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
9079 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
9080 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
9081 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work." t nil)
9083 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
9084 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
9086 When called interactively:
9087 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
9088 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
9089 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
9090 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
9092 When called from a program:
9093 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
9094 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
9095 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
9096 - otherwise just turn it on
9098 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
9099 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
9100 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
9101 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'." t nil)
9103 ;;;***
9105 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
9106 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
9107 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
9108 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
9109 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (15400 1472))
9110 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
9112 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
9113 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
9114 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
9115 or insert functions in this list.")
9117 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
9118 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
9120 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
9121 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
9123 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
9124 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
9126 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
9127 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
9129 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
9130 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
9131 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
9133 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
9134 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
9135 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
9136 \(as atoms)")
9138 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
9139 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
9140 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
9141 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
9142 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
9144 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
9145 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
9146 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
9147 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
9148 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
9149 expansions.
9150 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
9151 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
9152 undoes the expansion." t nil)
9154 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
9155 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
9156 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
9157 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose." nil (quote macro))
9159 ;;;***
9161 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
9162 ;;;;;; (15455 18398))
9163 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
9165 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
9166 Minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
9167 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
9168 Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on
9169 `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'." t nil)
9171 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
9172 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
9173 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
9174 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9175 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
9177 (custom-add-to-group (quote hl-line) (quote global-hl-line-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9179 (custom-add-load (quote global-hl-line-mode) (quote hl-line))
9181 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
9182 Toggle Hl-Line mode in every buffer.
9183 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
9184 Hl-Line mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
9185 in which `hl-line-mode' turns it on." t nil)
9187 ;;;***
9189 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
9190 ;;;;;; (15371 46418))
9191 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
9193 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
9194 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
9195 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
9197 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
9199 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
9200 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
9202 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
9203 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
9205 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created." t nil)
9207 ;;;***
9209 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
9210 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (15371 46425))
9211 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
9213 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
9214 This function is obsolete.
9215 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
9216 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." nil nil)
9218 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
9219 This function is obsolete.
9220 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
9221 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." t nil)
9223 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
9224 This function is obsolete.
9225 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
9226 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." t nil)
9228 ;;;***
9230 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
9231 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-help-buffers
9232 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers
9233 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp
9234 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
9235 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
9236 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
9237 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
9238 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
9239 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
9240 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
9241 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
9242 ;;;;;; ibuffer-included-in-filters-p ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode
9243 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext"
9244 ;;;;;; "ibuf-ext.el" (15510 23131))
9245 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
9247 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
9248 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
9249 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
9251 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
9252 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse." t nil)
9254 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
9255 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point." t nil)
9257 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" nil nil nil)
9259 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
9260 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer." t nil)
9262 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
9263 Remove the top filter in this buffer." t nil)
9265 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
9266 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
9268 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
9269 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
9270 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode]." t nil)
9272 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
9273 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer." t nil)
9275 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
9276 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer." t nil)
9278 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
9279 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
9280 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
9281 filter into parts." t nil)
9283 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
9284 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
9285 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters." t nil)
9287 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
9288 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'." t nil)
9290 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
9291 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters." t nil)
9293 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
9294 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
9295 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
9296 of replacing the current filters." t nil)
9298 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
9299 Toggle the current sorting mode.
9300 Default sorting modes are:
9301 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
9302 Name - the name of the buffer
9303 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
9304 Size - the size of the buffer" t nil)
9306 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
9307 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order." t nil)
9309 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
9310 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package." t nil)
9312 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
9313 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
9314 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
9315 for this ibuffer session." t nil)
9317 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
9318 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
9319 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
9320 for this ibuffer session." t nil)
9322 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
9323 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
9325 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
9326 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
9328 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
9329 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards." t nil)
9331 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
9332 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
9334 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
9335 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'." t nil)
9337 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
9338 Hide all of the currently marked lines." t nil)
9340 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
9341 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME." t nil)
9343 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
9344 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
9345 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'." t nil)
9347 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
9348 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
9349 The names are separated by a space.
9350 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
9351 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete pathname of each marked file.
9353 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with C-y.
9355 [ This docstring shamelessly stolen from the
9356 `dired-copy-filename-as-kill' in \"dired-x\". ]" t nil)
9358 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
9359 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP." t nil)
9361 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
9362 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP." t nil)
9364 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
9365 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP." t nil)
9367 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
9368 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE." t nil)
9370 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9371 Mark all modified buffers." t nil)
9373 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9374 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file." t nil)
9376 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9377 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist." t nil)
9379 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9380 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*." t nil)
9382 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9383 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days." t nil)
9385 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9386 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'." t nil)
9388 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9389 Mark all read-only buffers." t nil)
9391 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9392 Mark all `dired' buffers." t nil)
9394 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
9395 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
9396 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
9397 defaults to one." t nil)
9399 ;;;***
9401 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
9402 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (15505
9403 ;;;;;; 59086))
9404 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
9406 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
9407 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
9409 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
9410 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The current buffer
9411 will be `buffer'.
9413 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
9414 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
9415 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
9416 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
9417 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
9418 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
9420 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
9421 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
9422 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
9423 change its definition, you should explicitly call
9424 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'." nil (quote macro))
9426 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
9427 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
9428 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
9429 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
9430 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
9432 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
9433 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
9434 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'." nil (quote macro))
9436 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
9437 Generate a function named `ibuffer-do-OP', which operates on a buffer.
9438 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
9439 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
9441 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
9442 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
9443 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
9444 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
9445 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
9446 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
9447 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
9448 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
9449 values are:
9450 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
9451 t - the function it always modifies buffers
9452 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
9453 buffer's modification flag.
9454 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
9455 prompted before performing this operation.
9456 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
9457 operation is complete, in the form:
9458 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
9459 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
9460 confirmation message, in the form:
9461 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
9462 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
9463 macro for exactly what it does." nil (quote macro))
9465 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
9466 Define a filter named NAME.
9467 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
9468 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
9469 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
9471 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
9472 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
9473 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
9474 bound to the current value of the filter." nil (quote macro))
9476 ;;;***
9478 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
9479 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (15510 23157))
9480 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
9482 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
9483 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
9484 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
9485 buffers which are visiting a file." t nil)
9487 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
9488 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
9489 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
9490 buffers which are visiting a file." t nil)
9492 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
9493 Begin using `ibuffer' to edit a list of buffers.
9494 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
9496 Optional argument OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
9497 Optional argument NAME specifies the name of the buffer; it defaults
9498 to \"*Ibuffer*\".
9499 Optional argument QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers
9500 to use; see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
9501 Optional argument NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
9502 Optional argument SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The
9503 special value `onewindow' means always use another window." t nil)
9505 ;;;***
9507 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
9508 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (15484 11830))
9509 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
9511 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
9512 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
9513 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive." t nil)
9515 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
9516 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
9517 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil)
9519 ;;;***
9521 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (15371 46426))
9522 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
9524 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
9525 Major mode for editing Icon code.
9526 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
9527 Tab indents for Icon code.
9528 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
9529 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
9530 \\{icon-mode-map}
9531 Variables controlling indentation style:
9532 icon-tab-always-indent
9533 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
9534 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
9535 icon-auto-newline
9536 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
9537 inserted in Icon code.
9538 icon-indent-level
9539 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
9540 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
9541 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
9542 icon-continued-statement-offset
9543 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
9544 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
9545 icon-continued-brace-offset
9546 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
9547 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
9548 icon-brace-offset
9549 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
9550 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
9551 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
9552 this far to the right of the start of its line.
9554 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
9555 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
9557 ;;;***
9559 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
9560 ;;;;;; (15472 20893))
9561 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
9563 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
9564 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
9565 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
9566 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
9568 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
9569 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
9570 separate frames.
9572 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name'.
9574 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
9575 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
9576 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
9578 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
9580 ;;;***
9582 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
9583 ;;;;;; (15472 20893))
9584 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
9586 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
9587 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files.
9589 The main features of this mode are
9591 1. Indentation and Formatting
9592 --------------------------
9593 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
9594 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
9596 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This function can also
9597 be used in the middle of a line to split the line at that point.
9598 When used inside a long constant string, the string is split at
9599 that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
9601 Comments are indented as follows:
9603 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
9604 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
9605 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
9607 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
9609 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a comment. The indentation
9610 of the second line of the paragraph relative to the first will be
9611 retained. Use \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these comments.
9612 When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is nil, code
9613 can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not recommended).
9615 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
9616 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs].
9617 Then mark the entire buffer again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
9619 2. Routine Info
9620 ------------
9621 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the accepted
9622 keyword parameters of a procedure or function with \\[idlwave-routine-info].
9623 \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the source file of a module.
9624 These commands know about system routines, all routines in idlwave-mode
9625 buffers and (when the idlwave-shell is active) about all modules
9626 currently compiled under this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
9627 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
9629 3. Online IDL Help
9630 ---------------
9631 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
9632 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single key
9633 stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. Two additional
9634 files (an ASCII version of the IDL documentation and a topics file) must
9635 be installed for this - check the IDLWAVE webpage for these files.
9637 4. Completion
9638 ----------
9639 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
9640 class names and keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and
9641 figures out what is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword).
9642 Lower case strings are completed in lower case, other strings in
9643 mixed or upper case.
9645 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
9646 --------------------------------
9647 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
9648 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
9650 \\pr PROCEDURE template
9651 \\fu FUNCTION template
9652 \\c CASE statement template
9653 \\sw SWITCH statement template
9654 \\f FOR loop template
9655 \\r REPEAT Loop template
9656 \\w WHILE loop template
9657 \\i IF statement template
9658 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
9659 \\b BEGIN
9661 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have
9662 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
9664 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the
9665 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries
9666 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
9668 6. Automatic Case Conversion
9669 -------------------------
9670 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
9671 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
9673 7. Automatic END completion
9674 ------------------------
9675 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
9676 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
9678 8. Hooks
9679 -----
9680 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
9681 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
9683 9. Documentation and Customization
9684 -------------------------------
9685 Info documentation for this package is available. Use \\[idlwave-info]
9686 to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does not work).
9687 For Postscript and HTML versions of the documentation, check IDLWAVE's
9688 homepage at `http://www.strw.leidenuniv.nl/~dominik/Tools/idlwave'.
9689 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
9691 10.Keybindings
9692 -----------
9693 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
9694 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
9695 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
9697 \\{idlwave-mode-map}" t nil)
9699 ;;;***
9701 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (15483 47733))
9702 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
9703 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
9705 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
9706 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
9707 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist." t nil)
9709 ;;;***
9711 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image
9712 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
9713 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (15505 59086))
9714 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
9716 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
9717 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
9718 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
9719 be determined." nil nil)
9721 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
9722 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
9723 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
9724 be determined." nil nil)
9726 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
9727 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
9728 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'." nil nil)
9730 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
9731 Create an image.
9732 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
9733 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
9734 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
9735 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
9736 use its file extension as image type.
9737 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
9738 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
9739 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
9740 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported." nil nil)
9742 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
9743 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
9744 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
9745 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
9746 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
9747 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
9748 POS may be an integer or marker.
9749 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
9750 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
9751 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
9752 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
9754 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
9755 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
9756 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
9757 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
9758 defaulted if you omit it.
9759 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
9760 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
9761 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
9762 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
9764 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
9765 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
9766 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
9767 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer." nil nil)
9769 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
9770 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
9772 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
9774 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
9775 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
9776 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
9777 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
9778 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
9779 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
9780 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
9781 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
9782 satisfied.
9784 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'." nil nil)
9786 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
9787 Define SYMBOL as an image.
9789 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
9790 documentation string.
9792 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
9793 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
9794 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
9795 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
9796 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
9797 string containing the actual image data. The first image
9798 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
9799 define SYMBOL.
9801 Example:
9803 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
9804 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))" nil (quote macro))
9806 ;;;***
9808 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
9809 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
9810 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (15425 28362))
9811 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
9813 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
9814 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
9815 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
9816 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
9818 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
9819 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
9820 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
9821 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
9823 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
9824 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
9825 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
9826 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
9828 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
9829 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
9830 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
9831 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
9833 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
9834 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames." nil nil)
9836 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
9837 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
9838 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
9839 the command `insert-file-contents'." nil nil)
9841 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
9842 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
9843 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
9844 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9845 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
9847 (custom-add-to-group (quote image) (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9849 (custom-add-load (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote image-file))
9851 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
9852 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
9853 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
9854 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
9856 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
9857 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
9858 `image-file-name-regexps'." t nil)
9860 ;;;***
9862 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
9863 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (15509 27826))
9864 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
9866 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
9867 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
9869 Affects only the mouse index menu.
9871 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
9872 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
9873 in the buffer.
9875 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
9877 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
9878 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
9879 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
9881 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
9882 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
9884 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
9885 to create a buffer index.
9887 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
9888 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
9889 or like this:
9890 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
9891 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
9892 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
9893 of the form (NAME POSITION-MARKER FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
9894 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
9896 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
9897 entries are not nested.
9899 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
9900 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
9901 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
9902 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
9904 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
9905 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
9907 The variable is buffer-local.
9909 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
9910 regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
9911 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
9913 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
9914 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
9915 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
9916 during matching.")
9918 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
9920 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
9921 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
9923 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
9924 of the current buffer as an alist.
9926 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
9927 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
9928 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
9929 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
9930 if it is a sub-alist.
9932 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
9934 The variable is buffer-local.")
9936 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
9938 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
9939 Function for finding the next index position.
9941 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
9942 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
9943 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
9944 file.
9946 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
9947 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
9949 This variable is local in all buffers.")
9951 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
9953 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
9954 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
9956 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
9957 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
9958 It should return the name for that index item.
9960 This variable is local in all buffers.")
9962 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
9964 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
9965 Function to compare string with index item.
9967 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
9968 non-nil if they match.
9970 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
9971 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
9972 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
9973 arguments match\".
9975 This variable is local in all buffers.")
9977 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
9979 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
9980 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
9981 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
9983 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
9985 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
9987 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
9989 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
9990 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
9991 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
9992 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil)
9994 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
9995 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
9997 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook." t nil)
9999 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
10000 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
10001 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
10002 for more information." t nil)
10004 ;;;***
10006 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
10007 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
10008 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (15400 1477))
10009 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
10011 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
10012 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'. " t nil)
10014 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" nil nil nil)
10016 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" nil nil nil)
10018 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" nil nil nil)
10020 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
10021 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
10022 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
10023 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
10024 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'." nil nil)
10026 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
10027 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
10028 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
10029 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
10030 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'." nil nil)
10032 ;;;***
10034 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
10035 ;;;;;; (15400 1480))
10036 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
10038 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
10039 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
10040 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
10041 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
10042 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
10044 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
10045 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
10047 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
10048 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
10049 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
10050 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
10051 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
10052 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
10053 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
10054 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
10056 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
10057 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
10058 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
10059 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
10060 Inferior Lisp buffer.
10062 This variable is only used if the variable
10063 `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' is non-nil.
10065 More precise choices:
10066 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
10067 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
10068 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
10070 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
10072 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
10073 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
10075 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
10076 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
10077 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
10078 to that buffer.
10079 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
10080 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
10081 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
10082 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
10083 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
10085 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
10087 ;;;***
10089 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
10090 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-directory info-standalone
10091 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (15505 59086))
10092 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
10094 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
10095 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window." t nil)
10096 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
10098 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
10099 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
10100 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
10101 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
10102 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
10103 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
10105 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
10106 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
10108 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
10109 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
10110 in all the directories in that path." t nil)
10112 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
10113 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
10114 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
10115 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself." nil nil)
10117 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
10118 Go to the Info directory node." t nil)
10120 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
10121 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
10122 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
10123 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
10124 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
10126 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
10127 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
10128 KEY is a string.
10129 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
10130 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
10131 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
10132 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
10134 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
10135 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
10136 This will add a speedbar major display mode." t nil)
10138 ;;;***
10140 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
10141 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
10142 ;;;;;; (15444 42462))
10143 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
10145 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
10146 Throw away all cached data.
10147 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
10148 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
10149 system." t nil)
10151 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
10152 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
10153 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
10154 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
10155 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
10156 The default symbol is the one found at point.
10158 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered." t nil)
10160 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
10161 Display the documentation of a file.
10162 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
10163 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
10164 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
10165 The default file name is the one found at point.
10167 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered." t nil)
10169 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
10170 Perform completion on symbol preceding point." t nil)
10172 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
10173 Perform completion on file preceding point." t nil)
10175 ;;;***
10177 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
10178 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (15371 46416))
10179 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
10181 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
10182 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region." t nil)
10184 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
10185 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
10186 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
10188 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
10189 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
10190 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
10192 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
10193 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
10194 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
10195 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil)
10197 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
10198 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
10199 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil)
10201 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
10202 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
10203 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
10204 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
10205 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil)
10207 ;;;***
10209 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
10210 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
10211 ;;;;;; (15371 46423))
10212 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
10214 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
10215 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search." t nil)
10217 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
10218 Toggle input method in interactive search." t nil)
10220 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" nil nil nil)
10222 ;;;***
10224 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
10225 ;;;;;; (15455 18402))
10226 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
10228 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
10229 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
10230 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
10231 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
10232 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
10233 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
10235 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
10236 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
10238 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
10239 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
10240 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
10241 \"s gives German sharp s.
10242 /a gives a with ring.
10243 /e gives an a-e ligature.
10244 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
10245 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
10246 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
10248 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
10249 and a negative argument disables it." t nil)
10251 ;;;***
10253 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
10254 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
10255 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
10256 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (15371 46423))
10257 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
10259 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
10260 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
10261 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10262 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10264 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
10265 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
10266 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10267 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10269 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
10270 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
10271 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10272 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10274 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
10275 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
10276 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10277 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10279 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
10280 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
10281 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10282 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10284 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
10285 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
10286 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10287 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10289 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
10290 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
10291 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10292 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10294 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
10295 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
10296 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
10297 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10299 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
10300 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
10301 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
10302 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10304 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
10305 Warn that format is read-only." t nil)
10307 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
10308 Warn that format is write-only." t nil)
10310 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
10311 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats." t nil)
10313 ;;;***
10315 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
10316 ;;;;;; (15417 7424))
10317 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
10318 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
10319 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
10320 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
10322 ;;;***
10324 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
10325 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
10326 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
10327 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist
10328 ;;;;;; ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-personal-dictionary)
10329 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (15472 20893))
10330 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
10332 (defconst xemacsp (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version) "\
10333 Non nil if using XEmacs.")
10335 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
10336 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
10337 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
10338 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
10340 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
10341 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
10342 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.")
10344 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil ("-d" "brasileiro") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
10346 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
10348 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1))))
10350 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
10352 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1))))
10354 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2) ("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "portugues") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovak") nil iso-8859-2))))
10356 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
10357 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
10359 Each element of this list is also a list:
10361 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
10362 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
10364 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
10365 nil means the default dictionary.
10367 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
10368 word.
10370 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
10372 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
10373 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
10374 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
10375 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
10376 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
10377 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
10378 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
10379 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
10380 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
10382 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
10383 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
10384 single word.
10386 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
10387 subprocess.
10389 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
10390 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
10391 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
10392 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
10393 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
10394 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
10395 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
10396 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
10398 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
10400 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
10401 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
10402 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
10404 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
10405 Key map for ispell menu.")
10407 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
10408 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
10409 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
10410 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
10412 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not xemacsp) (quote reload)))
10414 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (path (and (boundp (quote ispell-library-path)) ispell-library-path)) name load-dict) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) load-dict (car (cdr (member "-d" (nth 5 (car dicts))))) dicts (cdr dicts)) (cond ((not (stringp name)) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (quote default)) (cons "Select Default Dict" (cons "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "default")))))) ((or (not path) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".has")) (and load-dict (or (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".has"))))) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) name)))))))))
10416 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit path to dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle . flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
10418 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
10420 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
10422 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(-+\\|\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\|~\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
10423 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
10424 The alist key must be a regular expression.
10425 Valid forms include:
10426 (KEY) - just skip the key.
10427 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
10428 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
10429 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
10431 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
10432 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
10433 First list is used raw.
10434 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
10436 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
10437 for skipping in latex mode.")
10439 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word))
10441 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
10442 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
10443 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
10444 in a window allowing you to choose one.
10446 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
10447 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
10448 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
10449 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
10450 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
10452 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
10453 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
10455 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
10457 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
10458 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
10460 return values:
10461 nil word is correct or spelling is accpeted.
10462 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
10463 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
10464 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
10465 quit spell session exited." t nil)
10467 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
10468 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
10469 If so, ask if it needs to be saved." t nil)
10471 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
10472 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
10474 Selections are:
10476 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
10477 SPC: Accept word this time.
10478 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
10479 `a': Accept word for this session.
10480 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
10481 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
10482 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
10483 `?': Show these commands.
10484 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
10485 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
10486 the aborted check to be completed later.
10487 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
10488 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
10489 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
10490 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
10491 `C-l': redraws screen
10492 `C-r': recursive edit
10493 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil)
10495 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
10496 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
10497 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil)
10499 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
10500 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
10501 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
10503 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
10505 With prefix argument, set the default dictionary." t nil)
10507 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
10508 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
10509 Return nil if spell session is quit,
10510 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed." t nil)
10512 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
10513 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors." t nil)
10515 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
10516 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil)
10518 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
10519 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word." t nil)
10521 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
10522 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
10523 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
10524 sequence inside of a word.
10526 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil)
10528 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
10529 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil)
10531 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
10532 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
10533 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
10534 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
10536 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
10537 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
10538 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
10539 available on the net." t nil)
10541 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
10542 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
10543 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
10545 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
10546 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
10548 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
10549 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC." t nil)
10551 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
10552 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
10553 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
10554 Don't check included messages.
10556 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
10557 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
10558 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
10560 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
10561 in your .emacs file:
10562 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
10563 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
10564 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
10565 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
10567 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
10568 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
10569 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil)
10571 ;;;***
10573 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
10574 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
10575 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (15391 60517))
10576 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
10578 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
10579 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
10580 Return the name of a buffer selected.
10581 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
10582 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
10583 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected." nil nil)
10585 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
10586 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
10587 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
10588 adds a hook to the minibuffer.
10590 Obsolescent. Use `iswitchb-mode'." t nil)
10592 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
10593 Switch to another buffer.
10595 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
10596 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
10597 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
10598 in another frame.
10599 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
10601 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
10602 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
10603 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10604 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
10606 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
10607 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
10608 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10609 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
10611 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
10612 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
10613 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10614 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
10616 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
10617 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
10618 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
10619 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10620 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
10622 (custom-add-to-group (quote iswitchb) (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10624 (custom-add-load (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote iswitchb))
10626 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
10627 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
10628 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
10629 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
10630 `iswitchb' for details." t nil)
10632 ;;;***
10634 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
10635 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
10636 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
10637 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (15371 46423))
10638 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
10640 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" nil nil nil)
10642 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
10643 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
10644 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
10645 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
10646 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
10647 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
10648 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
10649 necessary to represent OBJ." nil nil)
10651 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
10652 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
10653 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
10654 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
10656 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
10657 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
10658 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
10659 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
10660 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character." nil nil)
10662 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
10663 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
10664 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
10665 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
10667 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
10668 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
10669 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
10670 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil)
10672 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
10673 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars." t nil)
10675 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
10676 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
10677 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
10678 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
10679 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char." t nil)
10681 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
10682 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
10683 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
10684 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
10685 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char." t nil)
10687 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
10688 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
10689 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading." nil nil)
10691 ;;;***
10693 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (15391
10694 ;;;;;; 60517))
10695 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
10697 (autoload (quote jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "\
10698 Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer.
10699 FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region
10700 that needs to be (re)fontified.
10701 If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful." nil nil)
10703 ;;;***
10705 ;;;### (autoloads (with-auto-compression-mode auto-compression-mode)
10706 ;;;;;; "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (15417 7402))
10707 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
10709 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
10710 Non-nil if Auto-Compression mode is enabled.
10711 See the command `auto-compression-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
10712 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10713 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
10715 (custom-add-to-group (quote jka-compr) (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10717 (custom-add-load (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote jka-compr))
10719 (autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
10720 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
10721 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
10722 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on)." t nil)
10724 (autoload (quote with-auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
10725 Evalute BODY with automatic file compression and uncompression enabled." nil (quote macro))
10727 ;;;***
10729 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
10730 ;;;;;; (15371 46423))
10731 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
10733 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
10734 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
10735 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
10737 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
10738 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
10739 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
10740 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
10741 shorter.
10743 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
10744 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
10745 the context of text formatting." nil nil)
10747 ;;;***
10749 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (15371
10750 ;;;;;; 46423))
10751 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
10753 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
10754 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
10755 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
10756 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
10757 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
10758 positions that contains the current selection.")
10760 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
10761 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
10762 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
10763 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
10764 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
10765 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
10766 and the return value is the length of the conversion." t nil)
10768 ;;;***
10770 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
10771 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (15371 46423))
10772 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
10774 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
10775 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
10776 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
10778 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" nil nil nil)
10780 ;;;***
10782 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
10783 ;;;;;; (15371 46425))
10784 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
10786 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
10788 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
10789 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game." t nil)
10791 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
10793 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
10794 Start or resume an Lm game.
10795 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
10796 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
10798 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
10799 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
10800 none / 1 | yes | no
10801 2 | yes | yes
10802 3 | no | yes
10803 4 | no | no
10805 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
10806 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
10807 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
10809 ;;;***
10811 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
10812 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
10813 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (15391
10814 ;;;;;; 60703))
10815 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
10817 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" nil nil nil)
10819 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
10820 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
10821 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
10822 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
10823 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
10824 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
10826 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
10827 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR." nil nil)
10829 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
10830 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string." nil nil)
10832 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" nil nil nil)
10834 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
10835 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
10836 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
10837 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
10838 to compose.
10840 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
10842 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" nil t nil)
10844 ;;;***
10846 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
10847 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (15391 60562))
10848 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
10850 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
10851 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
10852 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
10853 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
10854 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
10855 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
10856 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
10857 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
10859 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
10860 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
10862 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10863 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
10865 (custom-add-to-group (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-display) (quote custom-variable))
10867 (custom-add-load (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-disp))
10869 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
10870 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
10871 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
10872 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
10873 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
10874 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
10875 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
10876 a Unicode font with which to display them." nil nil)
10878 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
10879 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
10880 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display is't
10881 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
10883 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10884 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
10886 (custom-add-to-group (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) (quote custom-variable))
10888 (custom-add-load (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) (quote latin1-disp))
10890 ;;;***
10892 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
10893 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (15509 27929))
10894 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
10896 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
10897 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
10898 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
10899 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
10901 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
10903 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
10904 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
10905 JIT Lock's favor.
10907 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
10909 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
10910 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
10911 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
10912 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
10913 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
10914 for large buffers.
10916 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
10917 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
10918 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
10919 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
10920 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
10922 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
10923 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
10924 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
10925 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
10926 slow to keep up with your typing.
10928 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
10929 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
10930 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
10931 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
10932 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
10933 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
10935 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
10936 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
10937 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
10938 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
10940 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
10941 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
10942 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
10943 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
10945 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
10946 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
10947 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
10948 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
10949 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'." t nil)
10951 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
10952 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil)
10954 ;;;***
10956 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
10957 ;;;;;; (15371 46416))
10958 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
10960 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
10961 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
10963 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
10964 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
10966 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
10967 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
10969 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
10970 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
10971 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
10972 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
10973 for later transmission to Lisp job.
10974 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
10975 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
10976 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
10977 and transmit saved text.
10978 \\{ledit-mode-map}
10979 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
10980 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil)
10982 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" nil nil nil)
10984 ;;;***
10986 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (15371 46425))
10987 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
10989 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
10990 Run Conway's Life simulation.
10991 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
10992 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
10993 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil)
10995 ;;;***
10997 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (15371
10998 ;;;;;; 46415))
10999 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
11001 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
11002 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
11003 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
11004 is nil, raise an error." t nil)
11006 ;;;***
11008 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
11009 ;;;;;; (15417 7408))
11010 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
11012 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
11013 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
11014 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run." t nil)
11016 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
11017 Run the locate command with a filter.
11019 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
11020 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search." t nil)
11022 ;;;***
11024 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (15371 46415))
11025 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
11027 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
11028 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
11029 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
11030 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
11031 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
11032 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
11033 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
11034 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
11035 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
11036 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
11037 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
11038 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
11039 uses the current buffer." nil nil)
11041 ;;;***
11043 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (15417
11044 ;;;;;; 7408))
11045 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
11047 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
11048 Major mode for browsing CVS log output." t nil)
11050 ;;;***
11052 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
11053 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (15371
11054 ;;;;;; 46416))
11055 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
11057 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
11059 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
11061 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
11062 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
11063 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
11065 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
11066 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
11068 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
11069 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
11070 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
11071 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
11072 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
11073 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
11074 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
11076 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
11077 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
11078 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
11079 switch on this list.
11080 See `lpr-command'.")
11082 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
11083 *Name of program for printing a file.
11085 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
11086 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
11087 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
11088 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
11089 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
11090 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
11091 argument.")
11093 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
11094 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
11095 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
11096 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
11098 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
11099 Paginate and print buffer contents.
11101 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
11102 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
11103 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
11104 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
11106 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
11107 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
11109 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
11110 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
11112 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
11113 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
11114 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
11115 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
11117 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
11118 Paginate and print the region contents.
11120 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
11121 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
11122 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
11123 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
11125 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
11126 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
11128 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
11129 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
11131 ;;;***
11133 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (15417 7408))
11134 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
11136 (defgroup ls-lisp nil "Emulate the ls program completely in Emacs Lisp." :version "21.1" :group (quote dired))
11138 ;;;***
11140 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (15371
11141 ;;;;;; 46418))
11142 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
11144 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
11145 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
11146 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
11148 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
11150 ;;;***
11152 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (15371
11153 ;;;;;; 46426))
11154 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
11156 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
11157 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
11158 \\{m4-mode-map}
11159 " t nil)
11161 ;;;***
11163 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
11164 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (15371 46416))
11165 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
11167 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
11168 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
11169 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
11170 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
11171 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command." t nil)
11173 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
11174 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
11175 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
11176 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
11178 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
11179 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
11180 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
11181 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
11182 bindings.
11184 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
11185 use this command, and then save the file." t nil)
11187 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
11188 Query user during kbd macro execution.
11189 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
11190 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
11191 each time the macro executes.
11192 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
11193 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
11194 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
11195 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
11196 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
11197 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
11198 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil)
11200 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
11201 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
11202 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
11204 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
11205 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
11206 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
11207 execute.
11209 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
11210 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
11212 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
11213 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
11214 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
11215 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
11216 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
11218 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
11219 looked like this:
11221 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
11222 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
11223 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
11225 You could enter the names in this format:
11231 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
11233 \\C-x (
11234 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
11235 \\C-x )
11237 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
11238 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
11239 " t nil)
11240 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
11242 ;;;***
11244 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
11245 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (15371 46424))
11246 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
11248 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
11249 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
11250 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
11251 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.
11253 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
11254 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
11255 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
11256 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
11257 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
11259 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
11260 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
11261 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
11262 consing a string.)" nil nil)
11264 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
11265 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to." t nil)
11267 ;;;***
11269 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
11270 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
11271 ;;;;;; (15371 46424))
11272 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
11274 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
11275 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks." nil nil)
11277 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" nil nil nil)
11279 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
11280 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
11282 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
11283 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
11284 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
11285 message.
11287 This function normally would be called when the message is sent." nil nil)
11289 ;;;***
11291 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
11292 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
11293 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (15512
11294 ;;;;;; 17296))
11295 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
11297 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
11298 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
11299 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
11300 often correct parser.")
11302 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" nil nil nil)
11304 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
11305 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
11306 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
11307 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
11309 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
11310 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
11311 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
11312 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
11314 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
11315 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
11316 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
11317 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." t nil)
11319 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
11320 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
11321 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
11322 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
11323 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
11324 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields." nil nil)
11326 ;;;***
11328 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
11329 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (15468 8218))
11330 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
11332 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
11333 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package." nil nil)
11335 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
11336 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
11337 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'." nil nil)
11339 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
11340 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
11341 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil)
11343 ;;;***
11345 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
11346 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (15371
11347 ;;;;;; 46424))
11348 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
11350 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
11351 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
11352 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
11353 king@grassland.com
11354 If `parens', they look like:
11355 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
11356 If `angles', they look like:
11357 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
11359 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
11360 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
11361 If interactive, expand in header fields.
11362 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
11363 their `Resent-' variants.
11365 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
11366 removed from alias expansions." t nil)
11368 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
11369 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
11370 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
11372 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
11373 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
11374 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
11375 if it is quoted with double-quotes." t nil)
11377 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
11378 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
11379 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
11380 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any." t nil)
11382 ;;;***
11384 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
11385 ;;;;;; (15391 60717))
11386 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
11388 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
11389 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
11390 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
11392 \\{makefile-mode-map}
11394 In the browser, use the following keys:
11396 \\{makefile-browser-map}
11398 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
11400 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
11401 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
11403 `makefile-target-colon':
11404 The string that gets appended to all target names
11405 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
11406 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
11408 `makefile-macro-assign':
11409 The string that gets appended to all macro names
11410 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
11411 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
11412 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
11413 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
11414 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
11416 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
11417 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
11418 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
11420 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
11421 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
11423 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
11424 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
11425 up or down in the browser.
11427 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
11428 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
11430 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
11431 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
11433 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
11434 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
11435 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
11436 has been selected in the browser.
11438 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
11439 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
11440 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
11441 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
11442 filenames are omitted.
11444 `makefile-cleanup-continuations-p':
11445 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
11446 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
11447 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
11448 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
11449 the backslash itself intact.
11450 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
11451 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
11453 `makefile-browser-hook':
11454 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
11455 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
11457 `makefile-special-targets-list':
11458 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
11459 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
11460 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil)
11462 ;;;***
11464 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (15371
11465 ;;;;;; 46416))
11466 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
11468 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
11469 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
11470 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil)
11472 ;;;***
11474 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (15427 61506))
11475 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
11477 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
11479 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
11480 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
11481 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
11482 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
11483 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
11484 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
11485 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
11487 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
11488 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
11489 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
11490 `Man-switches' variable, which see." t nil)
11492 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
11493 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer." t nil)
11495 ;;;***
11497 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (15417 7408))
11498 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
11500 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
11501 Toggle Master mode.
11502 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
11503 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
11504 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
11506 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
11507 following commands:
11509 \\{master-mode-map}
11511 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
11512 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
11513 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'." t nil)
11515 ;;;***
11517 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
11518 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
11519 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
11520 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
11521 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
11522 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
11523 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
11524 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
11525 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
11526 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (15514 12379))
11527 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
11529 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
11530 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
11532 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
11533 king@grassland.com
11534 If `parens', they look like:
11535 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
11536 If `angles', they look like:
11537 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
11539 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
11540 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
11542 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
11543 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
11545 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
11546 *Local news organization file.")
11548 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
11549 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
11550 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
11551 variable `mail-header-separator'.
11553 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
11554 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
11555 `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
11557 See also `send-mail-function'.")
11559 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
11560 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
11562 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
11563 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.")
11565 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
11566 *Function for citing an original message.
11567 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
11568 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
11569 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
11571 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
11572 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
11573 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
11574 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
11575 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
11577 (defvar message-signature t "\
11578 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
11579 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
11580 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
11581 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
11583 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
11584 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
11585 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
11586 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
11588 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
11590 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
11591 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
11592 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
11593 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
11594 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
11595 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
11596 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
11597 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
11598 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
11599 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
11600 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
11601 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
11602 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
11603 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
11604 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
11605 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
11606 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
11607 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
11608 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
11609 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
11610 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
11611 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
11612 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
11613 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
11614 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat)." t nil)
11616 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
11617 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
11618 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs." t nil)
11620 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
11621 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
11623 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
11624 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil)
11626 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
11627 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil)
11629 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
11630 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
11631 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil)
11633 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
11634 Cancel an article you posted.
11635 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message." t nil)
11637 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
11638 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
11639 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
11640 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil)
11642 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
11643 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil)
11645 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
11646 Forward the current message via mail.
11647 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
11648 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward." t nil)
11650 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" nil nil nil)
11652 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" nil nil nil)
11654 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
11655 Let RMAIL uses message to forward." t nil)
11657 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
11658 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil)
11660 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
11661 Re-mail the current message.
11662 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
11663 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
11664 you." t nil)
11666 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
11667 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
11669 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
11670 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
11672 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
11673 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
11675 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
11676 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
11678 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
11679 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
11680 Works by overstriking characters.
11681 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
11682 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
11684 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
11685 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
11686 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
11687 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
11689 ;;;***
11691 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
11692 ;;;;;; (15371 46426))
11693 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
11695 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
11696 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
11697 Special commands:
11698 \\{meta-mode-map}
11700 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
11701 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
11703 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
11704 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
11705 Special commands:
11706 \\{meta-mode-map}
11708 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
11709 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
11711 ;;;***
11713 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
11714 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
11715 ;;;;;; (15371 46424))
11716 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
11718 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
11719 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
11720 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
11722 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
11723 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
11724 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
11725 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
11726 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
11727 redisplayed as output is inserted.
11728 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
11730 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
11731 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
11732 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
11733 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
11734 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
11735 means current).
11736 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
11737 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
11739 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
11740 Process current region through 'metamail'.
11741 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
11742 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
11743 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
11744 means current).
11745 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
11746 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
11748 ;;;***
11750 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch
11751 ;;;;;; mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (15400 1477))
11752 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el
11754 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
11755 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
11756 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
11757 to the MH mail system.
11759 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
11761 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
11762 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
11763 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
11764 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
11765 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
11766 that want to create a mail buffer.
11767 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil)
11769 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
11770 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
11771 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
11772 to the MH mail system.
11774 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
11776 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
11777 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
11778 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
11779 using the MH mail handling system.
11780 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME
11781 messages.
11783 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
11785 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses):
11787 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil)
11788 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying
11789 the yanked message.
11791 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t)
11792 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message.
11793 If `body', just yank the body (no header).
11794 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked.
11795 If there is a region, this variable is ignored.
11797 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \")
11798 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is
11799 inserted in a draft letter.
11801 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\")
11802 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature].
11804 This command runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `mh-letter-mode-hook'." t nil)
11806 ;;;***
11808 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el" (15400
11809 ;;;;;; 1477))
11810 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el
11812 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
11813 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder.
11814 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
11815 to the MH mail system." t nil)
11817 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
11818 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil)
11820 ;;;***
11822 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mail/mh-mime.el" (15371 46424))
11823 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-mime.el
11825 (defvar mh-mime-content-types (quote (("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg"))) "\
11826 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].")
11828 ;;;***
11830 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (15417 7424))
11831 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el
11833 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
11835 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
11837 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
11839 (put (quote mh-nmh-p) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
11841 ;;;***
11843 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
11844 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (15371 46416))
11845 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
11847 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
11848 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
11849 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
11850 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
11851 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
11852 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
11853 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
11854 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
11855 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
11856 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
11857 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged." t nil)
11859 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
11860 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
11861 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
11862 to its second argument TM." nil nil)
11864 ;;;***
11866 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
11867 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (15391 60519))
11868 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
11870 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
11871 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
11872 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11873 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11874 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
11876 (custom-add-to-group (quote minibuffer) (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11878 (custom-add-load (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote minibuf-eldef))
11880 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
11881 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
11882 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
11883 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
11884 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
11885 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
11886 default indication.
11888 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
11889 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
11891 ;;;***
11893 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
11894 ;;;;;; (15371 46420))
11895 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
11897 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
11898 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
11899 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
11900 the entire message.
11901 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing." nil nil)
11903 ;;;***
11905 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-test mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el"
11906 ;;;;;; (15371 46420))
11907 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
11909 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
11910 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles." nil nil)
11912 (autoload (quote mm-uu-test) "mm-uu" "\
11913 Check whether the current buffer contains uu stuff." nil nil)
11915 ;;;***
11917 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
11918 ;;;;;; (15371 46426))
11919 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
11921 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
11922 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
11923 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
11924 followed by the first character of the construct.
11925 \\<m2-mode-map>
11926 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
11927 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
11928 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
11929 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
11930 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
11931 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
11932 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
11933 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
11934 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
11935 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
11936 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
11937 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
11938 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
11939 \\[m2-link] link
11941 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
11942 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
11943 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil)
11945 ;;;***
11947 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
11948 ;;;;;; (15371 46425))
11949 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
11951 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
11952 Convert all text in a given region to morse code." t nil)
11954 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
11955 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text." t nil)
11957 ;;;***
11959 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (15391
11960 ;;;;;; 60519))
11961 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
11963 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
11964 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
11965 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
11966 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
11968 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
11970 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
11972 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
11974 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
11975 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
11976 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
11977 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
11978 Triple-clicking selects lines.
11979 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
11981 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
11982 the kill-ring, nor do the kill-ring function change the X selection.
11983 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
11984 mouse-sel sets the variables interprogram-cut-function and
11985 interprogram-paste-function to nil.
11987 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
11988 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
11990 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
11991 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
11993 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
11995 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
11996 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
11997 primary selection and region." t nil)
11999 ;;;***
12001 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (15505 59091))
12002 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
12004 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
12005 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil)
12007 ;;;***
12009 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (15400 1473))
12010 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
12012 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
12013 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
12014 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12015 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12016 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
12018 (custom-add-to-group (quote msb) (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12020 (custom-add-load (quote msb-mode) (quote msb))
12022 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
12023 Toggle Msb mode.
12024 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
12025 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
12026 different buffer menu using the function `msb'." t nil)
12028 ;;;***
12030 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
12031 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
12032 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
12033 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-char-after describe-character-set
12034 ;;;;;; list-charset-chars read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag"
12035 ;;;;;; "international/mule-diag.el" (15509 4062))
12036 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
12038 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
12039 Display a list of all character sets.
12041 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
12042 internal Emacs use.
12044 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
12045 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
12046 hexadecimal digits.
12047 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
12048 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
12050 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
12051 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
12052 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
12053 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
12055 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
12056 but still shows the full information." t nil)
12058 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
12059 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
12060 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
12061 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
12062 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
12064 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
12065 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
12066 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
12067 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
12068 detailed meanings of these arguments." nil nil)
12070 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
12071 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
12072 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
12073 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
12074 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'." t nil)
12076 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
12077 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET." t nil)
12079 (autoload (quote describe-char-after) "mule-diag" "\
12080 Display information about the character at POS in the current buffer.
12081 POS defaults to point.
12082 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
12083 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
12084 which font is being used for displaying the character." t nil)
12086 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
12087 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM." t nil)
12089 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
12090 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
12092 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
12093 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
12094 in place of `..':
12095 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
12096 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
12097 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
12098 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
12099 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
12100 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
12101 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
12102 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
12103 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
12104 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
12105 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
12106 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
12107 `default-process-coding-system' for read
12108 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
12109 `default-process-coding-system' for write
12110 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'" t nil)
12112 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
12113 Display coding systems currently used, in detail." t nil)
12115 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
12116 Display a list of all coding systems.
12117 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
12119 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
12120 but still contains full information about each coding system." t nil)
12122 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
12123 Display a list of all coding categories." nil nil)
12125 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
12126 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME." t nil)
12128 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
12129 Display information about FONTSET.
12130 This shows which font is used for which character(s)." t nil)
12132 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
12133 Display a list of all fontsets.
12134 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
12135 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
12136 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list." t nil)
12138 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
12139 Display information about all input methods." t nil)
12141 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
12142 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
12144 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
12145 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
12146 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
12147 system which uses fontsets)." t nil)
12149 ;;;***
12151 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority
12152 ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
12153 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
12154 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic
12155 ;;;;;; lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist truncate-string-to-width
12156 ;;;;;; store-substring string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
12157 ;;;;;; (15400 1476))
12158 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
12160 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
12161 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
12162 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'." nil nil)
12164 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
12165 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
12167 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
12168 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
12170 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
12171 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING." nil nil)
12173 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
12174 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
12175 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies
12176 the starting column; that means to return the characters occupying
12177 columns START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR.
12179 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding character
12180 to add at the end of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN,
12181 or if END-COLUMN comes in the middle of a character in STR.
12182 PADDING is also added at the beginning of the result
12183 if column START-COLUMN appears in the middle of a character in STR.
12185 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
12186 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN." nil nil)
12188 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
12190 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
12191 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
12193 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
12194 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
12195 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
12197 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
12198 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
12199 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
12201 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
12202 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
12203 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
12204 is considered.
12205 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
12206 longer than KEYSEQ.
12207 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail." nil nil)
12209 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
12210 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
12211 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
12212 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
12213 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
12214 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
12215 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
12216 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
12217 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
12218 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
12219 even if ALIST is not deep enough." nil nil)
12221 (autoload (quote coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic) "mule-util" "\
12222 Return the string indicating end-of-line format of CODING-SYSTEM." nil nil)
12224 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
12225 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property." nil nil)
12227 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
12228 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property." nil nil)
12230 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
12231 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property." nil nil)
12233 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
12234 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property." nil nil)
12236 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
12237 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
12238 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
12239 or one is an alias of the other." nil nil)
12241 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
12242 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
12243 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
12244 coding systems ordered by priority." nil (quote macro))
12246 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
12247 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
12248 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
12249 language environment LANG-ENV." nil nil)
12251 ;;;***
12253 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
12254 ;;;;;; (15490 49404))
12255 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
12257 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
12258 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
12259 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12260 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12261 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
12263 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12265 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote mwheel))
12267 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
12268 Toggle mouse wheel support.
12269 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
12270 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
12272 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
12273 Enable mouse wheel support." nil nil)
12275 ;;;***
12277 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
12278 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig nslookup nslookup-host
12279 ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el"
12280 ;;;;;; (15425 28364))
12281 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
12283 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
12284 Run traceroute program for TARGET." t nil)
12286 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
12287 Ping HOST.
12288 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
12289 `ping-program-options'." t nil)
12291 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
12292 Run ipconfig program." t nil)
12294 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
12296 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
12297 Run netstat program." t nil)
12299 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
12300 Run the arp program." t nil)
12302 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
12303 Run the route program." t nil)
12305 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
12306 Lookup the DNS information for HOST." t nil)
12308 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
12309 Run nslookup program." t nil)
12311 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
12312 Run dig program." t nil)
12314 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
12315 Run ftp program." t nil)
12317 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
12318 Finger USER on HOST." t nil)
12320 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
12321 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
12322 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
12323 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server." t nil)
12325 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" nil t nil)
12327 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
12328 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST." t nil)
12330 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
12331 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT." t nil)
12333 ;;;***
12335 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-dwim comment-region
12336 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
12337 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
12338 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
12339 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (15505 59086))
12340 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
12342 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
12344 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
12346 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
12348 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
12350 (defgroup comment nil "Indenting and filling of comments." :prefix "comment-" :version "21.1" :group (quote fill))
12352 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
12353 *Column to indent right-margin comments to.
12354 Setting this variable automatically makes it local to the current buffer.
12355 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
12356 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.")
12358 (defvar comment-start nil "\
12359 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
12361 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
12362 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
12363 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
12364 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
12366 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
12367 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
12369 (defvar comment-end "" "\
12370 *String to insert to end a new comment.
12371 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
12373 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
12374 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
12375 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
12376 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
12377 column indentation or nil.
12378 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
12380 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
12381 *Style to be used for `comment-region'.
12382 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
12384 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
12385 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
12386 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
12387 of the corresponding number of spaces.
12389 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
12390 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
12392 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
12393 *Non-nil means \\[comment-indent-new-line] continues comments, with no new terminator or starter.
12394 This is obsolete because you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
12396 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" nil nil nil)
12398 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
12399 Default for `comment-indent-function'." nil nil)
12401 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
12402 Indent this line's comment to comment column, or insert an empty comment.
12403 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any." t nil)
12405 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
12406 Set the comment column based on point.
12407 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
12408 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
12409 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
12410 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column." t nil)
12412 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
12413 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
12414 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one." t nil)
12416 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
12417 Uncomment each line in the BEG..END region.
12418 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
12419 comment markers." t nil)
12421 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
12422 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
12423 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG..END.
12424 Numeric prefix arg ARG means use ARG comment characters.
12425 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
12426 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
12427 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
12428 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
12430 The strings used as comment starts are built from
12431 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'." t nil)
12433 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
12434 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
12435 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
12436 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
12437 case it calls `uncomment-region').
12438 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
12439 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
12440 Else, call `comment-indent'." t nil)
12442 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
12443 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
12444 This indents the body of the continued comment
12445 under the previous comment line.
12447 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
12448 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
12449 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
12451 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
12452 or comment indentation.
12454 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
12455 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil." t nil)
12457 ;;;***
12459 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (15371
12460 ;;;;;; 46420))
12461 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
12463 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
12464 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
12465 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
12466 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
12467 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
12468 symbol in the alist." nil nil)
12470 ;;;***
12472 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
12473 ;;;;;; (15400 1476))
12474 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
12476 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
12477 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
12478 This command does not work if you use short group names." t nil)
12480 ;;;***
12482 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
12483 ;;;;;; (15371 46421))
12484 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
12486 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
12487 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
12488 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil)
12490 ;;;***
12492 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
12493 ;;;;;; (15371 46421))
12494 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
12496 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
12497 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil)
12499 ;;;***
12501 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
12502 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (15371 46421))
12503 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
12505 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
12506 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil)
12508 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
12509 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil)
12511 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
12512 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil)
12514 ;;;***
12516 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
12517 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (15513 5696))
12518 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
12520 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
12521 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
12522 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
12524 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" nil nil nil)
12526 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
12527 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
12528 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
12529 to future sessions." t nil)
12531 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
12532 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
12533 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
12534 to future sessions." t nil)
12536 ;;;***
12538 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
12539 ;;;;;; (15371 46416))
12540 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
12542 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
12543 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
12544 \\{nroff-mode-map}
12545 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
12546 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
12547 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
12549 ;;;***
12551 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
12552 ;;;;;; (15371 46426))
12553 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
12555 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
12556 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
12557 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
12558 specified by `octave-help-files'.
12559 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion." t nil)
12561 ;;;***
12563 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
12564 ;;;;;; (15371 46426))
12565 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
12567 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
12568 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
12569 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
12571 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
12573 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
12574 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
12576 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
12577 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
12578 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'." t nil)
12580 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
12582 ;;;***
12584 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
12585 ;;;;;; (15417 7451))
12586 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
12588 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
12589 Major mode for editing Octave code.
12591 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
12592 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
12593 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
12594 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
12596 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
12597 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
12598 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
12599 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
12600 is why you need this mode!).
12602 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
12603 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
12604 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
12606 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
12608 Keybindings
12609 ===========
12611 \\{octave-mode-map}
12613 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
12614 ==============================================
12616 octave-auto-indent
12617 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
12618 Default is nil.
12620 octave-auto-newline
12621 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
12622 Default is nil.
12624 octave-blink-matching-block
12625 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
12626 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
12628 octave-block-offset
12629 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
12630 Default is 2.
12632 octave-continuation-offset
12633 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
12634 Default is 4.
12636 octave-continuation-string
12637 String used for Octave continuation lines.
12638 Default is a backslash.
12640 octave-mode-startup-message
12641 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
12642 Default is t.
12644 octave-send-echo-input
12645 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
12646 command to the inferior Octave process.
12648 octave-send-line-auto-forward
12649 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
12650 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
12652 octave-send-echo-input
12653 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
12655 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
12657 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
12658 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
12660 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
12661 (setq auto-mode-alist
12662 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
12664 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
12665 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
12667 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
12668 (lambda ()
12669 (abbrev-mode 1)
12670 (auto-fill-mode 1)
12671 (if (eq window-system 'x)
12672 (font-lock-mode 1))))
12674 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
12675 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
12676 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
12677 including a reproducible test case and send the message." t nil)
12679 ;;;***
12681 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el"
12682 ;;;;;; (15371 46418))
12683 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el
12685 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
12686 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
12687 It is now better to use Customize instead." t nil)
12689 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
12690 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
12691 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
12692 in which there are commands to set the option values.
12693 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
12695 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete." t nil)
12697 ;;;***
12699 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el"
12700 ;;;;;; (15391 60719))
12701 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el
12703 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
12704 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
12705 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
12706 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
12708 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
12709 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
12710 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
12711 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
12713 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
12714 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
12715 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
12716 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
12717 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
12718 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
12720 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
12721 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
12723 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
12724 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
12725 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
12726 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
12727 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
12728 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
12729 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
12730 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
12731 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
12732 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
12733 The subheadings remain visible.
12734 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
12736 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
12737 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
12738 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
12740 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
12741 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
12743 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
12744 Toggle Outline minor mode.
12745 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
12746 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil)
12748 ;;;***
12750 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (15505 59086))
12751 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
12753 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
12754 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
12755 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12756 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12757 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
12759 (custom-add-to-group (quote paren-showing) (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12761 (custom-add-load (quote show-paren-mode) (quote paren))
12763 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
12764 Toggle Show Paren mode.
12765 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
12766 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
12768 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
12769 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time." t nil)
12771 ;;;***
12773 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (15465
12774 ;;;;;; 50527))
12775 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
12777 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
12778 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
12779 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
12781 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
12782 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
12784 Other useful functions are:
12786 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
12787 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
12788 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
12789 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
12790 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
12791 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
12792 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
12793 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
12794 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
12796 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
12798 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
12799 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
12800 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
12801 Indentation for case statements.
12802 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
12803 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
12804 mark after an end.
12805 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
12806 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
12807 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
12808 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
12809 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
12810 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
12811 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
12812 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
12813 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
12814 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
12816 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
12817 pascal-separator-keywords.
12819 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
12820 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
12822 ;;;***
12824 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
12825 ;;;;;; (15371 46419))
12826 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
12828 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
12829 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
12830 The keys affected are:
12831 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
12832 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
12833 M-Backspace does undo.
12834 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
12835 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
12836 C-Escape does list-buffers." t nil)
12838 ;;;***
12840 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
12841 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (15509 28072))
12842 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
12844 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
12845 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
12846 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12847 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12848 use either \\[customize] or the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
12850 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12852 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
12854 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
12855 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
12857 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
12859 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
12860 which modify the status of the mark.
12862 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
12863 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
12865 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
12866 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
12868 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
12869 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
12870 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
12871 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
12872 turning `pc-selection-mode' on.
12874 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
12875 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
12877 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
12878 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
12879 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
12881 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
12882 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
12883 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
12885 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
12886 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
12888 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
12889 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
12890 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
12892 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
12893 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
12894 but before calling `pc-selection-mode'):
12896 F6 other-window
12897 DELETE delete-char
12898 C-DELETE kill-line
12899 M-DELETE kill-word
12900 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
12901 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
12902 M-BACKSPACE undo" t nil)
12904 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
12905 Toggle PC Selection mode.
12906 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
12907 and cursor movement commands.
12908 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
12909 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
12911 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12913 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
12915 ;;;***
12917 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (15371
12918 ;;;;;; 46418))
12919 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
12921 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
12922 Completion rules for the `cvs' command." nil nil)
12924 ;;;***
12926 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
12927 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (15371 46418))
12928 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
12930 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
12931 Completion for `gzip'." nil nil)
12933 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
12934 Completion for `bzip2'." nil nil)
12936 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
12937 Completion for GNU `make'." nil nil)
12939 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
12940 Completion for the GNU tar utility." nil nil)
12942 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
12944 ;;;***
12946 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
12947 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (15371 46418))
12948 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
12950 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
12951 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem." nil nil)
12953 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
12954 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'." nil nil)
12956 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
12957 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'." nil nil)
12959 ;;;***
12961 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (15371
12962 ;;;;;; 46418))
12963 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
12965 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
12966 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
12967 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
12968 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
12969 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
12970 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so." nil nil)
12972 ;;;***
12974 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
12975 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
12976 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (15371 46418))
12977 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
12979 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12980 Completion for `cd'." nil nil)
12982 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
12984 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12985 Completion for `rmdir'." nil nil)
12987 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12988 Completion for `rm'." nil nil)
12990 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12991 Completion for `xargs'." nil nil)
12993 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
12995 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12996 Completion for `which'." nil nil)
12998 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12999 Completion for the `chown' command." nil nil)
13001 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
13002 Completion for the `chgrp' command." nil nil)
13004 ;;;***
13006 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
13007 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
13008 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (15505
13009 ;;;;;; 59086))
13010 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
13012 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
13013 Support extensible programmable completion.
13014 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
13015 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list)." t nil)
13017 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
13018 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards." t nil)
13020 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
13021 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
13022 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
13024 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
13025 Complete without reference to any cycling completions." t nil)
13027 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
13028 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
13029 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
13031 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
13032 Display any help information relative to the current argument." t nil)
13034 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
13035 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument." t nil)
13037 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
13038 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
13039 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
13040 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself, this is
13041 `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'." nil nil)
13043 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
13044 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete." nil nil)
13046 ;;;***
13048 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
13049 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
13050 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (15444 42462))
13051 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
13053 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
13054 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
13055 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
13056 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
13058 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use." t nil)
13060 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
13061 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
13062 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
13063 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
13064 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
13065 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
13066 FLAGS is ignored." t nil)
13068 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
13069 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
13070 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
13071 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
13072 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
13073 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
13074 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
13075 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
13077 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
13078 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
13079 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
13080 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
13081 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
13082 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer." t nil)
13084 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
13085 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
13086 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
13087 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
13088 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
13089 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
13090 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
13092 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
13094 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
13095 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
13096 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
13098 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
13099 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
13100 nil means never do it.
13101 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
13102 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
13103 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
13105 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
13106 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
13107 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
13109 ;;;***
13111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (15400 1473))
13112 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
13114 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) m))
13116 ;;;***
13118 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
13119 ;;;;;; (15441 20097))
13120 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
13122 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
13123 Major mode for editing Perl code.
13124 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
13125 Tab indents for Perl code.
13126 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
13127 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
13128 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13129 \\{perl-mode-map}
13130 Variables controlling indentation style:
13131 `perl-tab-always-indent'
13132 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
13133 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
13134 `perl-tab-to-comment'
13135 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
13136 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
13137 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
13138 `perl-nochange'
13139 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
13140 `perl-indent-level'
13141 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
13142 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
13143 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
13144 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
13145 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
13146 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
13147 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
13148 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
13149 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
13150 `perl-brace-offset'
13151 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
13152 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
13153 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
13154 this far to the right of the start of its line.
13155 `perl-label-offset'
13156 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
13157 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
13158 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
13160 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
13161 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
13162 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
13163 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
13164 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
13165 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
13166 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
13168 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil)
13170 ;;;***
13172 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
13173 ;;;;;; (15505 59092))
13174 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
13176 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
13177 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
13178 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
13179 afterwards settable by these commands:
13180 C-c < Move left after insertion.
13181 C-c > Move right after insertion.
13182 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
13183 C-c . Move down after insertion.
13184 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
13185 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
13186 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
13187 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
13188 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
13189 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
13190 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
13191 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
13192 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
13193 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
13194 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
13195 with these commands:
13196 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
13197 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
13198 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
13199 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
13200 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
13201 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
13202 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
13203 Return Move to beginning of next line.
13204 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
13205 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
13206 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
13207 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
13208 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
13209 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
13210 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
13211 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
13212 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
13213 You can manipulate text with these commands:
13214 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
13215 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
13216 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
13217 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
13218 text is saved in the kill ring.
13219 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
13220 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
13221 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
13222 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
13223 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
13224 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
13225 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
13226 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
13227 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
13228 commands if invoked soon enough.
13229 You can return to the previous mode with:
13230 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
13231 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
13233 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
13235 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
13236 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil)
13238 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
13240 ;;;***
13242 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
13243 ;;;;;; (15507 32977))
13244 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
13246 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
13247 Return a Mule (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file charset.
13248 Called through file-coding-system-alist, before the file is visited for real." nil nil)
13250 ;;;***
13252 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (15464 26331))
13253 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
13255 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
13256 Play pong and waste time.
13257 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
13258 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
13260 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
13262 \\{pong-mode-map}" t nil)
13264 ;;;***
13266 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-to-string)
13267 ;;;;;; "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (15468 23944))
13268 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
13270 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
13271 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
13272 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
13273 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible." nil nil)
13275 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
13276 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
13277 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
13278 can handle, whenever this is possible.
13279 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil)
13281 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
13282 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
13283 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
13284 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
13285 in the variable `values'." t nil)
13287 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
13288 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
13289 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
13290 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil)
13292 ;;;***
13294 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
13295 ;;;;;; (15371 46426))
13296 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
13298 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
13299 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
13300 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
13301 Commands:
13302 \\{prolog-mode-map}
13303 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
13304 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
13306 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
13307 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil)
13309 ;;;***
13311 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (15371 46418))
13312 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
13314 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (and (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (boundp (quote installation-directory))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
13315 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
13316 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
13318 ;;;***
13320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (15505 59092))
13321 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
13322 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.\n" t)
13324 ;;;***
13326 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-header-string-charsets
13327 ;;;;;; ps-mule-encode-header-string ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition
13328 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font
13329 ;;;;;; ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (15371 46418))
13330 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
13332 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
13333 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
13335 Valid values are:
13337 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
13338 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
13339 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
13340 changed by setting the variable
13341 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
13342 The initial value of this variable is
13343 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
13344 documentation).
13346 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
13347 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
13348 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
13349 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
13350 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
13351 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
13352 test it.
13354 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
13355 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
13356 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
13357 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
13358 source file. BDF fonts are included in
13359 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
13360 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
13361 use this value, be sure to have installed
13362 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
13363 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
13364 documentation of this variable).
13366 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
13367 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
13368 characters. This is convenient when you want or
13369 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
13370 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
13371 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
13373 Any other value is treated as nil.")
13375 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
13376 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
13377 STRING should contain only ASCII characters." nil nil)
13379 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
13381 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
13382 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
13384 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
13386 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
13388 Returns the value:
13390 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
13392 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
13393 the sequence." nil nil)
13395 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
13396 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
13398 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
13399 composition.
13401 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
13403 Returns the value:
13405 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
13407 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
13408 the sequence." nil nil)
13410 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
13411 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters." nil nil)
13413 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
13414 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
13415 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\"." nil nil)
13417 (autoload (quote ps-mule-header-string-charsets) "ps-mule" "\
13418 Return a list of character sets that appears in header strings." nil nil)
13420 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
13421 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
13422 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not." nil nil)
13424 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
13426 ;;;***
13428 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
13429 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
13430 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
13431 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
13432 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-paper-type) "ps-print"
13433 ;;;;;; "ps-print.el" (15483 47733))
13434 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
13436 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
13437 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
13438 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
13439 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
13441 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
13442 Customization of ps-print group." t nil)
13444 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
13445 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
13447 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
13448 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
13449 sending it to the printer.
13451 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
13452 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
13453 image in a file with that name." t nil)
13455 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
13456 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
13457 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
13458 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
13459 so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
13461 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
13462 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
13463 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
13465 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
13466 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
13467 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
13468 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
13469 so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
13471 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
13472 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
13473 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
13474 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
13476 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
13478 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
13479 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
13480 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
13481 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
13482 so it has a way to determine color values.
13484 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
13486 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
13487 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
13488 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
13490 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
13492 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
13493 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
13494 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
13495 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
13496 so it has a way to determine color values.
13498 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
13500 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
13501 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
13503 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
13504 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
13505 instead of sending it to the printer.
13507 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
13508 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
13509 image in a file with that name." t nil)
13511 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
13512 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size, using the
13513 current ps-print setup.
13514 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
13515 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil)
13517 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
13518 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
13519 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
13521 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
13522 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
13523 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
13525 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
13526 Return the current PostScript-generation setup." nil nil)
13528 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
13529 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
13531 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
13532 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
13534 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
13535 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
13537 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
13539 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation." nil nil)
13541 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
13542 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
13544 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
13545 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
13547 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
13548 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
13550 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
13552 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
13554 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
13556 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
13557 foreground and background colors respectively.
13559 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
13560 bold - use bold font.
13561 italic - use italic font.
13562 underline - put a line under text.
13563 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
13564 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
13565 shadow - text will have a shadow.
13566 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
13567 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
13569 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored." nil nil)
13571 ;;;***
13573 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
13574 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
13575 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
13576 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
13577 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (15455 18402))
13578 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
13580 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
13581 Return the title of the current Quail package." nil nil)
13583 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
13584 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
13585 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
13587 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
13588 `quail-activate', which see." nil nil)
13590 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
13591 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
13592 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
13593 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
13594 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
13595 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
13596 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
13598 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
13599 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
13600 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
13601 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
13602 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
13603 shown.
13604 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
13606 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
13607 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
13608 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
13609 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
13610 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
13611 list of candidates.
13613 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
13614 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
13615 command to be called.
13617 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
13618 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
13619 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
13620 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
13622 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
13623 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
13624 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
13625 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
13626 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
13627 to t.
13629 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
13630 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
13631 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
13632 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
13634 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
13635 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
13636 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
13637 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
13639 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
13640 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
13641 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
13642 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
13643 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
13644 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
13646 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
13647 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
13648 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
13649 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
13650 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
13651 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
13653 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
13654 covers Quail translation region.
13656 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
13657 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
13658 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
13659 for it) is inserted.
13661 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
13662 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
13663 vs. corresponding command to be called.
13665 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
13666 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
13667 non-Quail commands." nil nil)
13669 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
13670 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
13672 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
13673 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
13674 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
13675 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
13676 you type is correctly handled." t nil)
13678 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
13679 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
13681 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
13682 keyboard type." t nil)
13684 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
13685 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
13686 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
13687 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
13688 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
13689 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
13690 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
13691 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
13692 for the translation.
13693 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
13695 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
13696 it is used to handle KEY.
13698 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
13699 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
13700 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
13701 the following annotation types are supported.
13703 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
13704 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
13706 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
13707 candidate list.
13709 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
13710 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
13711 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
13712 inserted.
13714 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
13715 generated for the following translations." nil (quote macro))
13717 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
13718 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
13720 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
13721 which to install MAP.
13723 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'." nil nil)
13725 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
13726 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
13728 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
13729 which to install MAP.
13731 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'." nil nil)
13733 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
13734 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
13735 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
13736 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
13737 a function, or a cons.
13738 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
13739 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
13740 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
13741 for the translation.
13742 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
13743 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
13744 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
13745 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
13746 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
13748 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
13749 it is used to handle KEY.
13751 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
13752 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
13753 current Quail package.
13755 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
13756 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them." nil nil)
13758 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
13759 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
13761 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
13762 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
13764 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
13766 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
13767 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail." nil nil)
13769 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
13770 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
13771 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
13772 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
13773 of the Emacs source tree.
13775 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
13776 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
13778 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
13779 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
13780 of each directory." t nil)
13782 ;;;***
13784 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
13785 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
13786 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (15371
13787 ;;;;;; 46424))
13788 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
13790 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
13791 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
13792 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
13793 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
13795 To make use of this do something like:
13797 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
13799 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
13801 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
13802 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
13804 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
13805 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
13806 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
13808 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
13809 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP." t nil)
13811 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
13812 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
13814 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
13815 is decided." t nil)
13817 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
13818 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
13820 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
13821 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
13822 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
13824 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
13825 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP." t nil)
13827 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
13828 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing." t nil)
13830 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
13831 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
13833 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
13835 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}" t nil)
13837 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
13838 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'." t nil)
13840 ;;;***
13842 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (15427
13843 ;;;;;; 61508))
13844 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
13846 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
13847 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
13848 See \\[compile]." t nil)
13850 ;;;***
13852 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
13853 ;;;;;; (15391 60528))
13854 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
13856 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
13857 Call up the RE Builder for the current window." t nil)
13859 ;;;***
13861 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode recentf-open-more-files recentf-open-files
13862 ;;;;;; recentf-cleanup recentf-edit-list recentf-save-list) "recentf"
13863 ;;;;;; "recentf.el" (15400 1473))
13864 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
13866 (autoload (quote recentf-save-list) "recentf" "\
13867 Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'." t nil)
13869 (autoload (quote recentf-edit-list) "recentf" "\
13870 Allow the user to edit the files that are kept in the recent list." t nil)
13872 (autoload (quote recentf-cleanup) "recentf" "\
13873 Remove all non-readable and excluded files from `recentf-list'." t nil)
13875 (autoload (quote recentf-open-files) "recentf" "\
13876 Display buffer allowing user to choose a file from recently-opened list.
13877 The optional argument FILES may be used to specify the list, otherwise
13878 `recentf-list' is used. The optional argument BUFFER-NAME specifies
13879 which buffer to use for the interaction." t nil)
13881 (autoload (quote recentf-open-more-files) "recentf" "\
13882 Allow the user to open files that are not in the menu." t nil)
13884 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
13885 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
13886 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13887 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13888 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
13890 (custom-add-to-group (quote recentf) (quote recentf-mode) (quote custom-variable))
13892 (custom-add-load (quote recentf-mode) (quote recentf))
13894 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
13895 Toggle recentf mode.
13896 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
13897 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
13899 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that
13900 were operated on recently." t nil)
13902 ;;;***
13904 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
13905 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
13906 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
13907 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (15484
13908 ;;;;;; 11830))
13909 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
13911 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
13912 Obsolete. Use `move-to-column'.
13913 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
13914 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
13915 the desired column only if the line is long enough." nil nil)
13917 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
13918 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
13919 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
13920 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
13921 ends.
13923 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13924 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
13925 to be deleted." t nil)
13927 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
13928 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
13929 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
13931 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13932 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
13933 deleted." nil nil)
13935 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
13936 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
13937 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
13939 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
13940 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
13942 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13943 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
13945 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
13946 deleted." t nil)
13948 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
13949 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil)
13951 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
13952 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
13953 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
13954 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
13955 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
13956 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
13957 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil)
13959 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
13960 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
13962 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
13963 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
13965 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13966 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
13967 on the right side of the rectangle." t nil)
13968 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle) ;; Old name
13970 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
13971 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
13972 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
13973 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
13974 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
13976 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13977 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines." t nil)
13979 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
13980 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
13981 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
13983 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING." t nil)
13985 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
13986 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
13988 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13989 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
13990 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text." t nil)
13992 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
13993 Blank out the region-rectangle.
13994 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
13996 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13997 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
13998 rectangle which were empty." t nil)
14000 ;;;***
14002 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (15417
14003 ;;;;;; 7452))
14004 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
14006 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
14007 Toggle Refill minor mode.
14008 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
14010 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
14011 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
14012 refilling if they would cause auto-filling." t nil)
14014 ;;;***
14016 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el"
14017 ;;;;;; (15371 46417))
14018 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
14020 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
14021 Turn on RefTeX mode." nil nil)
14023 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
14024 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
14026 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
14027 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
14029 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
14030 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
14031 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
14032 \\ref macro.
14034 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
14035 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
14036 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
14038 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
14039 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
14040 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
14042 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
14043 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
14045 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
14046 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
14048 \\{reftex-mode-map}
14049 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
14050 on the menu bar.
14052 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil)
14054 ;;;***
14056 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
14057 ;;;;;; (15371 46416))
14058 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
14060 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
14061 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
14062 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
14063 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
14064 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formated according
14065 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
14067 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
14069 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
14071 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
14072 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
14073 called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite' command, it will
14074 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
14076 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
14077 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
14078 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
14079 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files." t nil)
14081 ;;;***
14083 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
14084 ;;;;;; (15391 60719))
14085 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
14087 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
14088 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
14089 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
14091 To insert new phrases, use
14092 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
14093 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
14095 To index phrases use one of:
14097 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
14098 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
14099 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
14100 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
14101 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
14103 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
14104 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
14106 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
14108 Here are all local bindings.
14110 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}" t nil)
14112 ;;;***
14114 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
14115 ;;;;;; (15425 28363))
14116 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
14118 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
14119 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
14120 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
14121 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
14122 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
14123 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
14125 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
14126 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
14128 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
14129 by \\=\\< and \\>." nil nil)
14131 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
14132 Return the depth of REGEXP.
14133 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
14134 in REGEXP." nil nil)
14136 ;;;***
14138 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (15371 46418))
14139 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
14141 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
14142 Repeat most recently executed command.
14143 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
14144 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
14145 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
14147 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
14148 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
14149 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'." t nil)
14151 ;;;***
14153 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
14154 ;;;;;; (15371 46424))
14155 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
14157 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
14158 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
14160 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
14161 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
14162 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
14163 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
14164 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
14165 and point is left after the salutation.
14167 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
14168 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
14169 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
14170 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
14171 left after that text.
14173 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
14174 is non-nil.
14176 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
14177 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
14178 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
14179 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message." nil nil)
14181 ;;;***
14183 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
14184 ;;;;;; (15391 60519))
14185 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
14187 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
14188 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
14189 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
14190 visibility of comments that precede it.
14191 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
14192 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
14193 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
14194 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
14195 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
14196 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
14197 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
14198 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
14199 the comment lines.
14200 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
14201 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
14202 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
14203 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
14204 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil)
14205 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
14207 ;;;***
14209 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (15371
14210 ;;;;;; 46418))
14211 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
14213 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
14214 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil)
14216 ;;;***
14218 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
14219 ;;;;;; (15417 7409))
14220 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
14222 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
14223 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
14224 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
14226 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
14227 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
14228 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off." t nil)
14230 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
14231 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
14232 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14233 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14234 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
14236 (custom-add-to-group (quote global-reveal) (quote global-reveal-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14238 (custom-add-load (quote global-reveal-mode) (quote reveal))
14240 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
14241 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
14242 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
14244 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
14245 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
14246 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off." t nil)
14248 ;;;***
14250 ;;;### (autoloads (read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode read-file-name-electric-shadow-tty-properties
14251 ;;;;;; read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow"
14252 ;;;;;; "rfn-eshadow.el" (15505 59086))
14253 ;;; Generated autoloads from rfn-eshadow.el
14255 (defvar read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties (quote (face read-file-name-electric-shadow field shadow)) "\
14256 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
14257 Only used when `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode' is active.
14258 If emacs is not running under a window system,
14259 `read-file-name-electric-shadow-tty-properties' is used instead.")
14261 (defvar read-file-name-electric-shadow-tty-properties (quote (before-string "{" after-string "} " field shadow)) "\
14262 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
14263 Only used when `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode' is active and emacs
14264 is not running under a window-system; if emacs is running under a window
14265 system, `read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties' is used instead.")
14267 (defvar read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode nil "\
14268 Non-nil if Read-File-Name-Electric-Shadow mode is enabled.
14269 See the command `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14270 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14271 use either \\[customize] or the function `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode'.")
14273 (custom-add-to-group (quote minibuffer) (quote read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14275 (custom-add-load (quote read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode) (quote rfn-eshadow))
14277 (autoload (quote read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow" "\
14278 Toggle Read-File-Name Electric Shadow mode.
14279 When active, any part of the a filename being read in the minibuffer
14280 that would be ignored because the result is passed through
14281 `substitute-in-file-name' is given the properties in
14282 `read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties', which can be used to make
14283 that portion dim, invisible, or otherwise less visually noticable.
14285 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14286 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
14288 ;;;***
14290 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
14291 ;;;;;; (15371 46419))
14292 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
14294 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
14295 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil)
14297 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
14298 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil)
14300 ;;;***
14302 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (15505 59088))
14303 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
14304 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
14306 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
14307 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
14308 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
14309 other arguments for `rlogin'.
14311 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
14313 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
14314 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
14315 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
14316 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
14318 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
14319 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
14321 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
14322 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
14324 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
14325 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
14326 INPUT-ARGS.
14328 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
14329 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
14330 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
14331 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
14332 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
14334 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
14335 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
14336 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
14337 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
14339 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
14340 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
14341 variable." t nil)
14343 ;;;***
14345 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
14346 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
14347 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
14348 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
14349 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
14350 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
14351 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (15511 37635))
14352 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
14354 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
14355 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
14356 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
14357 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
14359 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
14360 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
14361 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
14362 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
14363 value is the user's email address and name.)
14364 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
14366 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^x-sign:\\|^x-beenthere:\\|^x-mailman-version:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-type:\\|^content-length:" "\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:\\|^x-trace:" "\\|^x-complaints-to:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent:") "\
14367 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
14368 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
14369 which normally happens once for each message,
14370 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
14371 To make a change in this variable take effect
14372 for a message that you have already viewed,
14373 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
14375 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
14376 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
14377 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
14378 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
14380 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
14381 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
14383 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
14384 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
14385 A value of nil means don't highlight.
14386 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
14388 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
14389 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
14391 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
14392 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
14394 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
14395 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
14396 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
14397 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
14398 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
14400 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
14401 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
14403 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
14404 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
14406 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
14407 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
14409 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
14410 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
14412 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
14413 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
14415 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
14416 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
14418 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
14419 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
14421 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
14422 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
14424 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
14425 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
14426 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
14427 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
14429 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
14430 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
14432 This is set to nil by default.")
14434 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
14435 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
14436 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
14437 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
14438 until a user explicitly requires it.")
14440 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
14441 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
14442 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
14443 It is called with no argument.")
14445 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
14446 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
14447 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
14448 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
14449 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
14450 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
14451 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
14453 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
14454 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
14455 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
14456 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
14457 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
14458 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
14460 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
14461 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
14462 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
14463 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
14464 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
14466 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
14467 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
14468 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
14469 It is called with four arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
14470 MSG is the message number,
14471 REGEXP is the regular expression,
14472 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
14474 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
14475 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
14476 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
14477 this feature is required with `require'.")
14479 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
14480 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
14481 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
14482 the message is decoded as normal way.
14484 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
14485 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
14486 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
14488 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
14489 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
14490 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
14492 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
14493 Read and edit incoming mail.
14494 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
14495 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
14496 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
14498 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
14499 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
14500 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
14501 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
14503 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file." t nil)
14505 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
14506 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
14507 All normal editing commands are turned off.
14508 Instead, these commands are available:
14510 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
14511 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
14512 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
14513 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
14514 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
14515 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
14516 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
14517 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
14518 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
14519 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
14520 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
14521 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
14522 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
14523 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
14524 till a deleted message is found.
14525 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
14526 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
14527 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
14528 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
14529 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
14530 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
14531 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
14532 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
14533 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
14534 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
14535 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
14536 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
14537 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
14538 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
14539 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
14540 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
14541 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
14542 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
14543 (label defaults to last one specified).
14544 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
14545 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
14546 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
14547 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
14548 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
14549 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
14550 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
14551 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
14552 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil)
14554 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
14555 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil)
14557 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
14558 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server." t nil)
14560 ;;;***
14562 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
14563 ;;;;;; (15371 46424))
14564 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
14566 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
14567 Edit the contents of this message." t nil)
14569 ;;;***
14571 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
14572 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
14573 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (15371 46424))
14574 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
14576 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
14577 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
14578 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
14580 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
14581 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
14582 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
14584 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" nil nil nil)
14586 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
14587 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
14588 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
14589 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
14590 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels." t nil)
14592 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
14593 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
14594 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
14595 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
14596 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels." t nil)
14598 ;;;***
14600 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
14601 ;;;;;; (15371 46424))
14602 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
14604 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
14605 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
14606 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
14607 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list." t nil)
14609 ;;;***
14611 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
14612 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
14613 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (15371 46424))
14614 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
14616 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
14617 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
14618 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
14619 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
14620 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
14621 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
14622 a file name as a string.")
14624 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
14625 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
14626 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
14627 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
14628 buffer visiting that file.
14629 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
14630 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
14632 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
14633 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
14635 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
14636 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
14638 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
14639 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message." t nil)
14641 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
14642 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
14644 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
14645 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
14646 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
14647 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
14648 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
14650 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
14651 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
14652 will be appended with their original headers.
14654 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
14655 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
14657 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
14658 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
14660 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS." t nil)
14662 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
14663 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
14664 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message." t nil)
14666 ;;;***
14668 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
14669 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
14670 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (15371
14671 ;;;;;; 46424))
14672 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
14674 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
14675 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
14676 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14678 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
14679 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
14680 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14682 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
14683 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
14684 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14686 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
14687 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
14688 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14690 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
14691 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
14692 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14694 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
14695 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
14696 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14698 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
14699 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
14700 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
14701 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels." t nil)
14703 ;;;***
14705 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
14706 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
14707 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
14708 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
14709 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (15483 47733))
14710 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
14712 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
14713 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
14715 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
14716 *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
14718 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
14719 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message." t nil)
14721 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
14722 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
14723 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas." t nil)
14725 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
14726 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
14727 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
14728 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
14729 only look in the To and From fields.
14730 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
14732 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
14733 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
14734 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
14735 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
14736 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary." t nil)
14738 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
14739 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
14740 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
14741 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
14742 look in the whole message.
14743 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
14745 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
14746 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
14747 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas." t nil)
14749 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
14750 *Function to decode summary-line.
14752 By default, `identity' is set.")
14754 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
14755 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
14756 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
14757 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
14758 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
14759 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
14760 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
14762 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
14763 sent by you under different user names.
14764 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail adresses.
14766 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
14768 ;;;***
14770 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
14771 ;;;;;; (15371 46425))
14772 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
14774 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
14775 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
14776 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
14777 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work." t nil)
14779 ;;;***
14781 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window) "rot13"
14782 ;;;;;; "rot13.el" (15371 46418))
14783 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
14785 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
14786 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
14787 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
14789 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
14790 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
14791 in rot 13.
14793 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'." t nil)
14795 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
14796 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window." t nil)
14798 ;;;***
14800 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
14801 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
14802 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
14803 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
14804 ;;;;;; (15371 46425))
14805 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
14807 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
14808 *This variable is obsolete.")
14810 (custom-add-to-group (quote resize-minibuffer) (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14812 (custom-add-load (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote rsz-mini))
14814 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
14815 *This variable is obsolete.")
14817 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
14818 *This variable is obsolete.")
14820 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
14821 *This variable is obsolete.")
14823 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
14824 *This variable is obsolete.")
14826 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
14827 *This variable is obsolete.")
14829 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
14830 This function is obsolete." t nil)
14832 ;;;***
14834 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (15441
14835 ;;;;;; 20091))
14836 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
14838 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
14839 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0." t nil)
14841 ;;;***
14843 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (15371
14844 ;;;;;; 46419))
14845 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
14847 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
14848 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
14849 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
14850 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result." nil nil)
14852 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
14853 Translate a regular expression REGEXP in sexp form to a regexp string.
14854 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
14856 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
14857 notation.
14859 STRING
14860 matches string STRING literally.
14862 CHAR
14863 matches character CHAR literally.
14865 `not-newline'
14866 matches any character except a newline.
14868 `anything'
14869 matches any character
14871 `(any SET)'
14872 matches any character in SET. SET may be a character or string.
14873 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
14875 '(in SET)'
14876 like `any'.
14878 `(not (any SET))'
14879 matches any character not in SET
14881 `line-start'
14882 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
14883 in the text being matched
14885 `line-end'
14886 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
14888 `string-start'
14889 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
14890 string being matched against.
14892 `string-end'
14893 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
14894 string being matched against.
14896 `buffer-start'
14897 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
14898 buffer being matched against.
14900 `buffer-end'
14901 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
14902 buffer being matched against.
14904 `point'
14905 matches the empty string, but only at point.
14907 `word-start'
14908 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
14909 word.
14911 `word-end'
14912 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
14914 `word-boundary'
14915 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
14916 word.
14918 `(not word-boundary)'
14919 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
14920 word.
14922 `digit'
14923 matches 0 through 9.
14925 `control'
14926 matches ASCII control characters.
14928 `hex-digit'
14929 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
14931 `blank'
14932 matches space and tab only.
14934 `graphic'
14935 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
14936 space, and DEL.
14938 `printing'
14939 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
14940 and DEL.
14942 `alphanumeric'
14943 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
14944 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
14946 `letter'
14947 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
14948 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
14950 `ascii'
14951 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
14953 `nonascii'
14954 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
14956 `lower'
14957 matches anything lower-case.
14959 `upper'
14960 matches anything upper-case.
14962 `punctuation'
14963 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
14964 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
14966 `space'
14967 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
14969 `word'
14970 matches anything that has word syntax.
14972 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
14973 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
14974 of the following symbols.
14976 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
14977 `punctuation' (\\s.)
14978 `word' (\\sw)
14979 `symbol' (\\s_)
14980 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
14981 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
14982 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
14983 `string-quote' (\\s\")
14984 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
14985 `escape' (\\s\\)
14986 `character-quote' (\\s/)
14987 `comment-start' (\\s<)
14988 `comment-end' (\\s>)
14990 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
14991 matches a character that has not syntax SYNTAX.
14993 `(category CATEGORY)'
14994 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
14995 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
14997 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
14998 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
14999 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
15000 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
15001 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
15002 `symbol' (\\c5)
15003 `digit' (\\c6)
15004 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
15005 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
15006 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
15007 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
15008 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
15009 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
15010 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
15011 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
15012 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
15013 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
15014 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
15015 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
15016 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
15017 `ascii' (\\ca)
15018 `arabic' (\\cb)
15019 `chinese' (\\cc)
15020 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
15021 `greek' (\\cg)
15022 `korean' (\\ch)
15023 `indian' (\\ci)
15024 `japanese' (\\cj)
15025 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
15026 `latin' (\\cl)
15027 `lao' (\\co)
15028 `tibetan' (\\cq)
15029 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
15030 `thai' (\\ct)
15031 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
15032 `hebrew' (\\cw)
15033 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
15034 `can-break' (\\c|)
15036 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
15037 matches a character that has not category CATEGORY.
15039 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
15040 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
15042 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
15043 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
15044 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
15046 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
15047 another name for `submatch'.
15049 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
15050 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
15051 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
15052 regular expression.
15054 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
15055 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
15056 zero or more occurrances of something are \"greedy\" in that they
15057 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
15058 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
15060 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
15061 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
15063 `(zero-or-more SEXP)'
15064 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP matches.
15066 `(0+ SEXP)'
15067 like `zero-or-more'.
15069 `(* SEXP)'
15070 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
15072 `(*? SEXP)'
15073 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
15075 `(one-or-more SEXP)'
15076 matches one or more occurrences of A.
15078 `(1+ SEXP)'
15079 like `one-or-more'.
15081 `(+ SEXP)'
15082 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
15084 `(+? SEXP)'
15085 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
15087 `(zero-or-one SEXP)'
15088 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
15090 `(optional SEXP)'
15091 like `zero-or-one'.
15093 `(? SEXP)'
15094 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
15096 `(?? SEXP)'
15097 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
15099 `(repeat N SEXP)'
15100 matches N occurrences of what SEXP matches.
15102 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
15103 matches N to M occurrences of what SEXP matches.
15105 `(eval FORM)'
15106 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
15107 `regexp-quote' it.
15109 `(regexp REGEXP)'
15110 include REGEXP in string notation in the result." nil (quote macro))
15112 ;;;***
15114 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
15115 ;;;;;; (15371 46426))
15116 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
15118 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
15119 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
15120 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
15122 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
15123 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
15124 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
15125 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
15126 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
15127 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
15128 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
15129 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
15131 Commands:
15132 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
15133 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
15134 \\{scheme-mode-map}
15135 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
15136 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
15138 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
15139 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
15140 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
15142 Commands:
15143 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
15144 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
15145 \\{scheme-mode-map}
15146 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
15147 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
15148 that variable's value is a string." t nil)
15150 ;;;***
15152 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
15153 ;;;;;; (15371 46421))
15154 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
15156 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
15157 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
15158 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
15160 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil)
15162 ;;;***
15164 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (15400
15165 ;;;;;; 1481))
15166 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el
15168 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
15169 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
15170 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
15171 \\{scribe-mode-map}
15173 Interesting variables:
15175 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
15176 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
15178 `scribe-electric-quote'
15179 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
15181 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
15182 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
15183 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
15185 ;;;***
15187 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all"
15188 ;;;;;; "scroll-all.el" (15371 46423))
15189 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
15191 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
15192 Control/track scroll locking.
15194 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15195 use either M-x customize or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
15197 (custom-add-to-group (quote windows) (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote custom-variable))
15199 (custom-add-load (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote scroll-all))
15201 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
15202 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode." t nil)
15204 ;;;***
15206 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
15207 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to
15208 ;;;;;; mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator send-mail-function
15209 ;;;;;; mail-yank-ignored-headers mail-interactive mail-self-blind
15210 ;;;;;; mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el"
15211 ;;;;;; (15505 59088))
15212 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
15214 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
15215 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
15217 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
15218 king@grassland.com
15219 If `parens', they look like:
15220 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
15221 If `angles', they look like:
15222 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
15223 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
15224 derived from the envelope-from address.
15226 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
15227 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
15228 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
15229 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
15231 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
15232 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
15233 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
15234 `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
15236 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address
15237 is a privileged operation.")
15239 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
15240 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
15241 This is done when the message is initialized,
15242 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
15244 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
15245 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
15246 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
15248 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
15249 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
15251 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
15252 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
15253 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
15254 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
15255 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
15256 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
15257 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
15259 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
15260 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
15262 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
15263 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
15264 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
15266 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
15267 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
15268 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
15269 when you first send mail.")
15271 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
15272 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
15273 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
15274 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
15275 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
15277 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
15278 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
15279 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
15280 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
15281 This file need not actually exist.")
15283 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
15284 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
15285 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
15286 If a string, that string is inserted.
15287 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
15288 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
15289 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
15290 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
15292 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
15293 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
15294 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
15295 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
15296 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
15297 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
15298 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
15299 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
15300 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
15301 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
15302 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
15303 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
15304 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
15305 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
15306 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order)." t nil)
15308 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
15309 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
15310 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
15311 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
15312 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
15313 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
15315 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
15316 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
15317 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
15319 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
15320 User should not set this variable manually,
15321 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
15322 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
15323 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
15324 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
15326 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
15327 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
15328 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
15329 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
15331 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
15332 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
15334 \\<mail-mode-map>
15335 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
15337 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
15338 to move to message header fields:
15339 \\{mail-mode-map}
15341 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
15342 when the message is initialized.
15344 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
15345 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
15347 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
15348 is inserted.
15350 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
15351 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
15353 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
15354 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
15356 The second through fifth arguments,
15357 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
15358 the initial contents of those header fields.
15359 These arguments should not have final newlines.
15360 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
15361 original message being replied to, or else an action
15362 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
15363 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
15364 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
15365 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
15366 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
15367 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil)
15369 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
15370 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
15372 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
15373 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
15375 ;;;***
15377 ;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (15400 1473))
15378 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
15380 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
15381 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
15382 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
15383 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
15384 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
15385 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
15387 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil)
15389 ;;;***
15391 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
15392 ;;;;;; (15509 11491))
15393 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
15395 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
15396 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
15397 Makes > match <.
15398 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \" and ' can be electric depending on
15399 `sgml-quick-keys'.
15401 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
15402 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
15403 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
15405 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
15406 your `.emacs' file.
15408 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
15410 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
15411 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
15412 \\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil)
15414 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
15415 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
15416 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
15417 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
15418 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
15419 which this is based.
15421 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
15423 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
15424 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
15425 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
15426 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
15428 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
15429 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
15430 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
15432 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
15433 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
15434 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
15435 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
15437 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
15438 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
15439 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
15440 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
15442 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
15444 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
15445 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
15446 To work around that, do:
15447 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
15449 \\{html-mode-map}" t nil)
15451 ;;;***
15453 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
15454 ;;;;;; (15441 20097))
15455 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
15457 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special))
15459 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
15460 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
15461 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
15462 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
15463 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
15464 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
15466 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
15467 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
15468 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
15469 shell-specific features.
15471 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
15472 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
15473 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
15475 \\[sh-case] case statement
15476 \\[sh-for] for loop
15477 \\[sh-function] function definition
15478 \\[sh-if] if statement
15479 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
15480 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
15481 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
15482 \\[sh-select] select loop
15483 \\[sh-until] until loop
15484 \\[sh-while] while loop
15486 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
15487 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
15488 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
15489 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
15490 would indent to the way it currently is.
15491 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
15492 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
15495 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
15496 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
15497 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
15498 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
15499 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
15500 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
15502 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
15503 {, (, [, ', \", `
15504 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
15506 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
15507 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
15508 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
15510 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
15511 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil)
15513 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
15515 ;;;***
15517 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
15518 ;;;;;; (15371 46419))
15519 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
15521 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
15522 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
15524 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
15525 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
15526 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
15527 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
15528 the earlier.
15530 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
15532 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
15534 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
15535 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
15536 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
15538 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
15539 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
15541 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
15542 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
15543 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
15544 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
15545 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
15546 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
15547 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
15548 emacs version).
15550 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
15551 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
15552 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
15553 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
15554 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
15556 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
15557 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
15558 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'." t nil)
15560 ;;;***
15562 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
15563 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (15508
15564 ;;;;;; 64852))
15565 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
15567 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
15568 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
15569 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
15570 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
15571 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
15572 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
15573 in the cluster." t nil)
15575 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
15576 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
15577 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
15578 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
15579 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster')." t nil)
15581 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
15582 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
15583 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
15584 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
15585 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function).
15586 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
15587 `shadow-define-cluster')." t nil)
15589 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
15590 Set up file shadowing." t nil)
15592 ;;;***
15594 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
15595 ;;;;;; (15505 59086))
15596 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
15598 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
15599 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
15600 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
15601 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
15602 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
15603 arguments.")
15605 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
15606 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
15607 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
15608 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
15609 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
15610 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
15611 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
15612 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
15613 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
15614 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
15615 discards input when it starts up.)
15616 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
15617 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
15618 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
15620 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15621 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15622 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15623 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
15624 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15625 `default-process-coding-system'.
15627 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
15628 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
15629 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
15630 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
15632 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15633 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
15635 ;;;***
15637 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (15400
15638 ;;;;;; 1480))
15639 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
15641 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
15642 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
15643 \\{simula-mode-map}
15644 Variables controlling indentation style:
15645 simula-tab-always-indent
15646 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
15647 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
15648 simula-indent-level
15649 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
15650 simula-substatement-offset
15651 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
15652 simula-continued-statement-offset 3
15653 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
15654 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
15655 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
15656 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
15657 simula-label-offset -4711
15658 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
15659 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0)
15660 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
15661 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
15662 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
15663 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0)
15664 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
15665 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
15666 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
15667 simula-electric-indent nil
15668 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
15669 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
15670 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase
15671 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
15672 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
15673 or nil if they should not be changed.
15674 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table
15675 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
15676 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
15677 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
15679 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
15680 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil
15682 Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling
15683 the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not
15684 at all." t nil)
15686 ;;;***
15688 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy
15689 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el"
15690 ;;;;;; (15371 46425))
15691 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
15693 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
15694 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
15696 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
15697 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
15698 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
15699 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
15700 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil (quote macro))
15702 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
15703 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
15704 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
15705 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
15706 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
15707 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
15708 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
15710 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
15711 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
15712 ignored." t nil)
15714 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\
15715 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
15716 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
15717 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
15718 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
15719 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
15720 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
15722 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
15723 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
15724 ignored." t nil)
15726 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
15727 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
15729 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
15730 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
15731 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
15732 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
15734 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
15735 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
15736 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
15737 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
15739 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
15740 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
15741 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
15743 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
15744 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
15746 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
15747 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
15749 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
15750 _ interesting point, interregion here
15751 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
15752 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
15753 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
15754 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
15755 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
15756 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
15757 nil skipped
15759 After termination, point will be positioned at the first occurrence
15760 of _ or @ or at the end of the inserted text.
15762 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
15763 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
15764 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
15765 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
15766 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
15767 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
15768 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
15769 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
15771 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
15772 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
15773 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
15774 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
15775 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
15776 available:
15778 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
15779 then: insert previously read string once more
15780 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
15781 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
15782 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
15784 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
15785 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil)
15787 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
15788 Insert the character you type ARG times.
15790 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
15791 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
15792 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
15793 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
15794 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
15795 such as backslash.
15797 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
15798 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
15799 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil)
15801 ;;;***
15803 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (15371
15804 ;;;;;; 46426))
15805 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
15807 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
15808 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
15809 \\{smerge-mode-map}" t nil)
15811 ;;;***
15813 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "gnus/smiley-ems.el"
15814 ;;;;;; (15371 46420))
15815 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley-ems.el
15817 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "\
15818 Display textual smileys as images.
15819 START and END specify the region; interactively, use the values
15820 of point and mark. The value of `smiley-regexp-alist' determines
15821 which smileys to operate on and which images to use for them." t nil)
15823 ;;;***
15825 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el"
15826 ;;;;;; (15417 7425))
15827 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
15829 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" nil nil nil)
15831 ;;;***
15833 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (15505 59091))
15834 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
15836 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
15837 Play the Snake game.
15838 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
15840 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
15842 Snake mode keybindings:
15843 \\<snake-mode-map>
15844 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
15845 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
15846 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
15847 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
15848 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
15849 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
15850 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down" t nil)
15852 ;;;***
15854 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
15855 ;;;;;; (15505 59088))
15856 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
15858 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
15859 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
15860 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
15861 Tab indents for C code.
15862 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
15863 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
15864 \\{snmp-mode-map}
15865 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
15866 `snmp-mode-hook'." t nil)
15868 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
15869 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
15870 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
15871 Tab indents for C code.
15872 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
15873 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
15874 \\{snmp-mode-map}
15875 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
15876 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'." t nil)
15878 ;;;***
15880 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
15881 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
15882 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (15427 61507))
15883 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
15885 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
15886 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
15888 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
15889 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
15890 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
15892 For example, the form
15894 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
15895 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
15897 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
15899 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
15900 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
15902 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
15903 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
15904 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
15905 York City.
15907 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
15909 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
15910 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
15912 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
15913 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
15914 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
15915 York City.
15917 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
15919 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
15920 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
15921 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
15922 pair.
15924 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
15926 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
15927 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
15928 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
15930 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
15931 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
15933 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
15935 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
15936 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
15937 Requires floating point." nil nil)
15939 ;;;***
15941 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (15371
15942 ;;;;;; 46425))
15943 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
15945 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
15946 Play Solitaire.
15948 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
15949 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
15950 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
15951 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
15952 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
15953 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
15954 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
15955 check after each move or undo)
15957 What is Solitaire?
15959 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
15960 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
15961 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
15963 Le Solitaire
15964 ============
15966 o o o
15968 o o o
15970 o o o o o o o
15972 o o o . o o o
15974 o o o o o o o
15976 o o o
15978 o o o
15980 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
15981 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
15982 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
15983 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
15985 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
15986 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
15987 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
15988 this: o o .
15990 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
15991 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
15993 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
15995 o o o
15997 . o o
15999 o o . o o o o
16001 o . o o o o o
16003 o o o o o o o
16005 o o o
16007 o o o
16009 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
16011 \\{solitaire-mode-map}" t nil)
16013 ;;;***
16015 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
16016 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
16017 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (15417 7410))
16018 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
16020 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
16021 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
16022 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
16024 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
16025 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
16026 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
16027 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
16028 contiguous.
16030 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
16031 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
16032 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16033 the sort order.
16035 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
16036 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
16038 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
16039 It moves point to the start of the next record.
16040 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
16041 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
16042 is called.
16044 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
16045 It should move point to the end of the record.
16047 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
16048 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
16049 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
16050 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
16051 starts at the beginning of the record.
16053 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
16054 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
16055 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil)
16057 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
16058 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
16059 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
16060 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
16061 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16062 the sort order." t nil)
16064 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
16065 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
16066 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
16067 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
16068 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16069 the sort order." t nil)
16071 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
16072 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
16073 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
16074 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
16075 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16076 the sort order." t nil)
16078 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
16079 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
16080 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
16081 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
16082 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
16083 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
16084 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
16085 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
16086 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil)
16088 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
16089 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
16090 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
16091 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
16092 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
16093 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
16094 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16095 the sort order." t nil)
16097 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
16098 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
16099 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
16100 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
16101 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
16102 is to be used for sorting.
16103 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
16104 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
16105 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
16106 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
16107 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
16109 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
16111 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16112 the sort order.
16114 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
16115 starting with the letter \"f\",
16116 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil)
16118 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
16119 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
16120 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
16121 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
16122 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
16123 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
16124 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16125 the sort order.
16127 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
16128 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
16129 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
16130 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
16131 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil)
16133 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
16134 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
16135 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil)
16137 ;;;***
16139 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
16140 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (15417 7410))
16141 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
16143 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
16145 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
16146 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
16147 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
16148 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
16149 supported at a time.
16150 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
16151 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted." t nil)
16153 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
16154 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
16155 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
16156 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame." t nil)
16158 ;;;***
16160 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
16161 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (15371 46417))
16162 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
16164 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
16166 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
16167 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
16168 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
16169 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
16170 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
16171 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil)
16173 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
16174 Check spelling of word at or before point.
16175 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
16176 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil)
16178 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
16179 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
16180 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
16181 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
16182 for example, \"word\"." t nil)
16184 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
16185 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil)
16187 ;;;***
16189 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (15371
16190 ;;;;;; 46425))
16191 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
16193 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
16194 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
16196 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
16197 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil)
16199 ;;;***
16201 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres sql-ms sql-ingres
16202 ;;;;;; sql-solid sql-mysql sql-informix sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-mode
16203 ;;;;;; sql-help) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (15441 20097))
16204 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
16206 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
16207 Show short help for the SQL modes.
16209 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
16210 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
16212 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
16214 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
16215 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
16217 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
16219 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
16220 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
16221 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
16222 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
16223 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
16224 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
16225 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
16227 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
16229 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
16230 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
16231 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
16232 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
16234 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
16235 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
16236 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
16237 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
16239 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
16240 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
16241 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." t nil)
16243 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
16244 Major mode to edit SQL.
16246 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
16247 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
16248 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
16250 \\{sql-mode-map}
16251 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
16253 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
16254 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
16255 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
16256 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
16257 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
16258 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
16260 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
16261 `sql-interactive-mode'.
16263 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
16264 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
16265 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
16267 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
16268 (lambda ()
16269 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))" t nil)
16271 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
16272 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
16274 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16275 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16276 `*SQL*'.
16278 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
16279 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
16280 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
16281 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
16283 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16284 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16286 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16287 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16288 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16289 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16290 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16291 `default-process-coding-system'.
16293 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16295 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
16296 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
16298 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16299 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16300 `*SQL*'.
16302 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
16303 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
16304 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
16305 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
16307 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16308 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16310 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16311 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16312 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16313 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16314 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16315 `default-process-coding-system'.
16317 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16319 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
16320 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
16322 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16323 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16324 `*SQL*'.
16326 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
16327 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
16329 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16330 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16332 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16333 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16334 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16335 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16336 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16337 `default-process-coding-system'.
16339 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16341 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
16342 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
16344 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
16346 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16347 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16348 `*SQL*'.
16350 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
16351 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
16352 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
16353 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
16355 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16356 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16358 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16359 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16360 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16361 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16362 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16363 `default-process-coding-system'.
16365 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16367 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
16368 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
16370 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16371 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16372 `*SQL*'.
16374 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
16375 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
16376 defaults, if set.
16378 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16379 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16381 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16382 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16383 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16384 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16385 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16386 `default-process-coding-system'.
16388 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16390 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
16391 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
16393 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16394 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16395 `*SQL*'.
16397 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
16398 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
16400 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16401 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16403 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16404 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16405 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16406 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16407 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16408 `default-process-coding-system'.
16410 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16412 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
16413 Run isql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
16415 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16416 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16417 `*SQL*'.
16419 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
16420 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
16421 as defaults, if set.
16423 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16424 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16426 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16427 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16428 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16429 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16430 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16431 `default-process-coding-system'.
16433 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16435 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
16436 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
16438 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16439 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16440 `*SQL*'.
16442 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
16443 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
16444 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
16445 `sql-postgres-options'.
16447 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16448 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16450 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16451 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16452 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16453 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16454 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16455 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
16456 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
16457 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
16459 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
16460 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
16462 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16464 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
16465 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
16467 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16468 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16469 `*SQL*'.
16471 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
16472 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
16473 defaults, if set.
16475 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16476 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16478 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16479 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16480 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16481 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16482 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16483 `default-process-coding-system'.
16485 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16487 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
16488 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
16490 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16491 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16492 `*SQL*'.
16494 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
16495 automatic login.
16497 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16498 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16500 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
16501 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
16502 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
16503 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
16505 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16506 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16507 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16508 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16509 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16510 `default-process-coding-system'.
16512 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16514 ;;;***
16516 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
16517 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
16518 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
16519 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
16520 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke strokes-mode) "strokes" "strokes.el"
16521 ;;;;;; (15465 22816))
16522 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
16524 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
16525 Non-nil when `strokes' is globally enabled.
16526 Setting this variable directly does not take effect. Use either Customize
16527 or M-x strokes-mode.")
16529 (custom-add-to-group (quote strokes) (quote strokes-mode) (quote custom-variable))
16531 (custom-add-load (quote strokes-mode) (quote strokes))
16533 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
16534 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
16535 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
16536 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
16537 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
16538 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil)
16540 (defalias (quote global-set-stroke) (quote strokes-global-set-stroke))
16542 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
16543 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
16544 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
16545 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
16546 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
16547 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
16548 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
16550 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
16551 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
16552 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
16553 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
16554 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button1 or button2 and
16555 then complete the stroke with button3.
16556 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
16558 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
16559 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
16560 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
16562 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
16563 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
16564 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
16566 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
16567 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil)
16569 (defalias (quote describe-stroke) (quote strokes-describe-stroke))
16571 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
16572 Get instructional help on using the `strokes' package." t nil)
16574 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
16575 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil)
16577 (defalias (quote load-user-strokes) (quote strokes-load-user-strokes))
16579 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
16580 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
16581 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
16582 chronologically by command name.
16583 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead." t nil)
16585 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
16586 Toggle strokes being enabled.
16587 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive or true.
16588 Note that `strokes-mode' is a global mode. Think of it as a minor
16589 mode in all buffers when activated.
16590 By default, strokes are invoked with mouse button-2. You can define
16591 new strokes with
16593 > M-x global-set-stroke
16595 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
16596 S-mouse-2, which draws strokes and inserts them. Encode/decode your
16597 strokes with
16599 > M-x strokes-encode-buffer
16600 > M-x strokes-decode-buffer" t nil)
16602 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
16603 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
16604 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
16605 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status." t nil)
16607 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
16608 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer." t nil)
16610 ;;;***
16612 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
16613 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (15391 60712))
16614 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
16616 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
16617 Studlify-case the region." t nil)
16619 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
16620 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument." t nil)
16622 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
16623 Studlify-case the current buffer." t nil)
16625 ;;;***
16627 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
16628 ;;;;;; (15505 59088))
16629 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
16631 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
16632 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
16633 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
16634 function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]'
16635 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
16636 original message but it does require a few things:
16638 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
16640 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
16641 reply buffer.
16643 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
16644 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
16645 original message.
16647 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
16649 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
16651 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
16652 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
16653 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function." nil nil)
16655 ;;;***
16657 ;;;### (autoloads (syntax-ppss) "syntax" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" (15391
16658 ;;;;;; 60528))
16659 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/syntax.el
16661 (autoload (quote syntax-ppss) "syntax" "\
16662 Parse-Partial-Sexp State at POS.
16663 The returned value is the same as `parse-partial-sexp' except that
16664 the 2nd and 6th values of the returned state cannot be relied upon.
16666 If the caller knows the PPSS of a nearby position, she can pass it
16667 in OLP-PPSS (with or without its corresponding OLD-POS) to try and
16668 avoid a more expansive scan.
16669 Point is at POS when this function returns." nil nil)
16671 ;;;***
16673 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (15371 46416))
16674 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
16676 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
16677 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
16678 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
16679 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
16680 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
16682 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
16683 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
16684 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
16685 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
16686 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
16687 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
16688 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
16690 ;;;***
16692 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (15371 46416))
16693 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
16695 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
16696 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group." t nil)
16698 ;;;***
16700 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (15505 59086))
16701 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
16703 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
16704 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
16705 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
16706 Letters no longer insert themselves.
16707 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
16708 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
16709 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
16711 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
16712 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
16713 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
16714 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
16716 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
16717 \\{tar-mode-map}" t nil)
16719 ;;;***
16721 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
16722 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (15478 22406))
16723 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
16725 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
16726 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
16727 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
16728 Tab indents for Tcl code.
16729 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
16730 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16732 Variables controlling indentation style:
16733 `tcl-indent-level'
16734 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
16735 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
16736 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
16738 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
16739 documentation for details):
16740 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
16741 Controls action of TAB key.
16742 `tcl-auto-newline'
16743 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
16744 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
16745 `tcl-electric-hash-style'
16746 Controls action of `#' key.
16747 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
16748 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
16749 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
16751 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
16752 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
16753 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
16754 already exist.
16756 Commands:
16757 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil)
16759 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
16760 Run inferior Tcl process.
16761 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
16762 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil)
16764 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
16765 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
16766 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil)
16768 ;;;***
16770 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (15441 20096))
16771 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
16772 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
16774 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
16775 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
16776 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
16777 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
16778 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
16779 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
16780 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
16781 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
16783 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
16784 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
16785 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
16786 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
16788 ;;;***
16790 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (15455
16791 ;;;;;; 18400))
16792 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
16794 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
16795 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
16796 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
16797 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
16798 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
16799 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
16801 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
16802 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
16804 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
16805 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
16807 ;;;***
16809 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (15505
16810 ;;;;;; 59087))
16811 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
16813 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
16814 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
16815 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
16816 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
16817 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
16818 program as keyboard input.
16820 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
16821 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
16822 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
16823 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
16825 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
16826 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
16827 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
16828 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
16829 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
16831 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
16833 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
16834 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
16835 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
16836 terminal-redisplay-interval.
16838 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
16839 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
16840 subprocess started." t nil)
16842 ;;;***
16844 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (15505 59091))
16845 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
16847 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
16848 Play the Tetris game.
16849 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
16850 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
16851 as to form complete rows.
16853 tetris-mode keybindings:
16854 \\<tetris-mode-map>
16855 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
16856 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
16857 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
16858 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
16859 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
16860 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
16861 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
16862 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
16864 " t nil)
16866 ;;;***
16868 ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode
16869 ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
16870 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
16871 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
16872 ;;;;;; tex-start-options-string slitex-run-command latex-run-command
16873 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
16874 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
16875 ;;;;;; (15505 59092))
16876 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
16878 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
16879 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
16881 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
16882 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
16883 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
16884 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
16885 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
16887 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
16888 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
16889 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
16890 if it matches the first line of the file,
16891 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
16893 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
16894 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
16895 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
16896 if the variable is non-nil.")
16898 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
16899 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
16901 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
16902 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
16903 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
16904 See the documentation of that variable.")
16906 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
16907 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
16908 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
16909 See the documentation of that variable.")
16911 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
16912 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
16913 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
16914 See the documentation of that variable.")
16916 (defvar tex-start-options-string "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
16917 *TeX options to use when running TeX.
16918 These precede the input file name. If nil, TeX runs without option.
16919 See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
16921 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
16922 *User defined LaTeX block names.
16923 Combined with `standard-latex-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
16925 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
16926 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
16927 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
16928 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
16930 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
16931 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
16932 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
16933 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
16935 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
16936 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
16937 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
16938 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
16940 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
16941 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
16942 for example,
16944 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
16945 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
16947 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
16948 use.")
16950 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command nil "\
16951 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
16952 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
16953 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
16955 This can be set conditionally so that the previewer used is suitable for the
16956 window system being used. For example,
16958 (setq tex-dvi-view-command
16959 (if (eq window-system 'x) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\"))
16961 would tell \\[tex-view] to use xdvi under X windows and to use dvi2tty
16962 otherwise.")
16964 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
16965 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
16966 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
16968 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
16969 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
16970 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
16971 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
16972 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
16974 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
16975 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
16977 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
16978 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
16980 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
16981 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
16982 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
16983 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
16984 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
16985 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
16986 says which mode to use." t nil)
16988 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
16990 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
16992 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
16994 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
16995 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
16996 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
16997 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
16998 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
17000 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
17001 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
17002 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
17003 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
17004 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
17005 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
17006 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
17008 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
17009 mismatched $'s or braces.
17011 Special commands:
17012 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
17014 Mode variables:
17015 tex-run-command
17016 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
17017 tex-directory
17018 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
17019 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
17020 tex-dvi-print-command
17021 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
17022 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
17023 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
17024 argument) to print a .dvi file.
17025 tex-dvi-view-command
17026 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
17027 tex-show-queue-command
17028 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
17029 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
17031 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
17032 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
17033 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
17035 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
17036 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
17037 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
17038 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
17039 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
17041 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
17042 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
17043 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
17044 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
17045 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
17046 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
17047 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
17049 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
17050 mismatched $'s or braces.
17052 Special commands:
17053 \\{latex-mode-map}
17055 Mode variables:
17056 latex-run-command
17057 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
17058 tex-directory
17059 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
17060 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
17061 tex-dvi-print-command
17062 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
17063 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
17064 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
17065 argument) to print a .dvi file.
17066 tex-dvi-view-command
17067 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
17068 tex-show-queue-command
17069 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
17070 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
17072 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
17073 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
17074 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
17076 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
17077 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
17078 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
17079 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
17080 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
17082 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
17083 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
17084 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
17085 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
17086 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
17087 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
17088 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
17090 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
17091 mismatched $'s or braces.
17093 Special commands:
17094 \\{slitex-mode-map}
17096 Mode variables:
17097 slitex-run-command
17098 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
17099 tex-directory
17100 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
17101 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
17102 tex-dvi-print-command
17103 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
17104 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
17105 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
17106 argument) to print a .dvi file.
17107 tex-dvi-view-command
17108 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
17109 tex-show-queue-command
17110 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
17111 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
17113 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
17114 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
17115 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
17116 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
17118 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" nil nil nil)
17120 ;;;***
17122 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
17123 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (15505 59092))
17124 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
17126 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
17127 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
17128 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
17129 name specified in the @setfilename command.
17131 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
17132 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
17133 Info-split to do these manually." t nil)
17135 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
17136 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
17137 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
17138 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
17139 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil)
17141 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
17142 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
17143 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
17144 names specified in the @setfilename command.
17146 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
17147 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
17148 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
17149 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
17151 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
17152 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually." t nil)
17154 ;;;***
17156 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
17157 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (15505 59092))
17158 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
17160 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
17161 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
17163 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
17164 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
17166 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
17167 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
17169 It has these extra commands:
17170 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
17172 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
17173 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
17174 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
17175 modified version of TeX input format.
17177 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
17178 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
17179 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
17180 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
17182 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
17183 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
17184 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
17185 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
17186 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
17187 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
17188 in the Texinfo file.
17190 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
17191 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
17192 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
17193 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
17194 move forward past the closing brace.
17196 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
17197 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
17199 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
17200 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
17201 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
17203 Here are the functions:
17205 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
17206 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
17207 texinfo-sequential-node-update
17209 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
17210 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
17211 texinfo-master-menu
17213 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
17215 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
17216 which menu descriptions are indented.
17218 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
17219 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
17220 in the region.
17222 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
17223 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
17224 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
17225 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
17227 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
17228 be the first node in the file.
17230 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
17231 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'." t nil)
17233 ;;;***
17235 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion
17236 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region)
17237 ;;;;;; "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (15391 60704))
17238 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
17240 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
17241 Compose Thai characters in the region.
17242 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
17243 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
17245 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
17246 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string." nil nil)
17248 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
17249 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer." t nil)
17251 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil)
17253 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
17254 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
17255 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
17256 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
17257 to compose.
17259 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
17261 ;;;***
17263 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
17264 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
17265 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (15371 46418))
17266 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
17268 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
17269 Move forward to the end of the next THING." nil nil)
17271 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
17272 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
17273 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
17274 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
17275 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
17277 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
17278 a symbol as a valid THING.
17280 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
17281 of the textual entity that was found." nil nil)
17283 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
17284 Return the THING at point.
17285 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
17286 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
17287 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
17289 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
17290 a symbol as a valid THING." nil nil)
17292 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
17294 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
17296 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
17298 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
17300 ;;;***
17302 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-conversion tibetan-post-read-conversion
17303 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer tibetan-composition-function
17304 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
17305 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
17306 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (15441
17307 ;;;;;; 20095))
17308 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
17310 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
17311 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
17312 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil." nil nil)
17314 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
17315 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string." nil nil)
17317 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
17318 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
17319 The returned string has no composition information." nil nil)
17321 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
17322 Compose Tibetan string STR." nil nil)
17324 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
17325 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END." t nil)
17327 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
17328 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
17329 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
17330 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences." t nil)
17332 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
17333 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
17334 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
17335 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences." nil nil)
17337 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
17339 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
17340 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
17341 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'." t nil)
17343 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
17344 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
17345 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region." t nil)
17347 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
17349 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
17351 ;;;***
17353 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
17354 ;;;;;; (15505 59092))
17355 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
17357 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
17358 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
17359 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
17360 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
17361 parameters.
17362 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
17364 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
17365 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
17366 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
17367 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
17368 parameters.
17369 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
17371 ;;;***
17373 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
17374 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (15450 56540))
17375 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
17377 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
17378 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
17380 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
17381 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
17382 This display updates automatically every minute.
17383 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
17384 are displayed as well.
17385 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
17387 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
17388 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
17389 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17390 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17391 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
17393 (custom-add-to-group (quote display-time) (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17395 (custom-add-load (quote display-time-mode) (quote time))
17397 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
17398 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
17399 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
17401 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
17402 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
17403 are displayed as well.
17404 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
17406 ;;;***
17408 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
17409 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
17410 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time date-to-time)
17411 ;;;;;; "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (15450 56230))
17412 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
17414 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
17415 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value." nil nil)
17417 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
17418 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value." nil nil)
17420 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
17421 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2." nil nil)
17423 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
17424 Convert DAYS into a time value." nil nil)
17426 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
17427 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
17428 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string." nil nil)
17430 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
17432 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
17433 Subtract two time values.
17434 Return the difference in the format of a time value." nil nil)
17436 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
17437 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference." nil nil)
17439 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
17440 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
17441 DATE should be a date-time string." nil nil)
17443 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
17444 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
17445 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings." nil nil)
17447 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
17448 Return t if YEAR is a leap year." nil nil)
17450 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
17451 Return the day number within the year of the date month/day/year." nil nil)
17453 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
17454 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
17455 TIME should be a time value.
17456 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary." nil nil)
17458 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
17459 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
17460 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros." nil nil)
17462 ;;;***
17464 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
17465 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (15371 46418))
17466 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
17468 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
17469 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
17470 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
17471 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
17472 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
17473 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
17474 look like one of the following:
17475 Time-stamp: <>
17476 Time-stamp: \" \"
17477 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
17478 Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
17479 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
17480 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
17481 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
17482 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
17483 template." t nil)
17485 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
17486 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
17487 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
17489 ;;;***
17491 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
17492 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
17493 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
17494 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
17495 ;;;;;; (15371 46418))
17496 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
17498 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
17499 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
17500 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil, the modeline will be
17501 updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise, the
17502 timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its updating.
17503 With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only if ARG is
17504 positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline display
17505 \(non-nil means on)." t nil)
17507 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
17508 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
17509 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
17510 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
17511 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
17512 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
17513 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
17514 this function is called within a day.
17516 PROJECT as the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
17517 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
17518 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
17519 discover the name of the project." t nil)
17521 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
17522 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
17523 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
17524 begun during the last time segment.
17526 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
17527 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
17528 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
17529 discover the reason." t nil)
17531 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
17532 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment." t nil)
17534 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
17535 Change to working on a different project, by clocking in then out.
17536 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as having been
17537 finished at the time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last
17538 project you were working on." t nil)
17540 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
17541 Ask the user before clocking out.
17542 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-hook'." nil nil)
17544 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
17545 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
17546 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'." t nil)
17548 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
17549 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
17550 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
17551 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
17552 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
17553 \"relative to today\"." t nil)
17555 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
17556 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
17557 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
17558 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked." t nil)
17560 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
17561 Return a string representing at what time the workday ends today.
17562 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
17563 NO-MESSAGE is non-nil, no messages will be displayed in the
17564 minibuffer. If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned
17565 will include seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned
17566 will be relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
17567 This argument only makes a difference if `timeclock-relative' is
17568 non-nil." t nil)
17570 ;;;***
17572 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
17573 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
17574 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (15371 46418))
17575 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el
17577 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
17579 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
17580 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers." nil nil)
17582 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
17583 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION." t nil)
17585 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
17586 Perform an action at time TIME.
17587 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
17588 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
17589 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
17590 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
17591 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
17592 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
17594 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
17596 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
17597 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
17598 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
17599 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
17600 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
17602 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
17604 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
17605 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
17606 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
17607 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'." nil nil)
17609 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
17610 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
17611 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
17612 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
17614 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
17615 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
17617 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
17618 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
17620 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
17621 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
17622 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
17623 The call should look like:
17624 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
17625 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
17626 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
17627 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
17628 be detected." nil (quote macro))
17630 ;;;***
17632 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
17633 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (15371 46423))
17634 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
17636 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
17637 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
17638 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
17639 the generated Quail package is saved." t nil)
17641 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
17642 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
17643 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
17644 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
17645 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
17646 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
17647 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\"." nil nil)
17649 ;;;***
17651 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
17652 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (15450 56540))
17653 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
17654 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
17655 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
17656 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
17658 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
17659 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
17660 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
17661 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
17662 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice." t nil)
17664 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
17665 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
17666 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
17667 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
17668 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'." t nil)
17670 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
17671 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
17672 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
17673 in the menu in two ways:
17674 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
17675 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
17676 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
17678 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
17679 keymap or an alist of alists.
17680 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
17681 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU." nil nil)
17683 ;;;***
17685 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
17686 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
17687 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (15391 60522))
17688 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
17690 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
17691 Add new category CAT to the TODO list." t nil)
17693 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
17694 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY." nil nil)
17696 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
17697 Insert new TODO list entry.
17698 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
17699 category." t nil)
17701 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
17702 List top priorities for each category.
17704 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
17705 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
17707 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
17708 between each category." t nil)
17710 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
17711 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
17712 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
17713 between each category.
17715 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'." t nil)
17717 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
17718 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
17720 \\{todo-mode-map}" t nil)
17722 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
17723 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary." nil nil)
17725 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
17726 Show TODO list." t nil)
17728 ;;;***
17730 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-add-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item
17731 ;;;;;; tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "toolbar/tool-bar.el" (15478 22406))
17732 ;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar/tool-bar.el
17734 (defvar tool-bar-mode nil "\
17735 Non-nil if Tool-Bar mode is enabled.
17736 See the command `tool-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17737 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17738 use either \\[customize] or the function `tool-bar-mode'.")
17740 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17742 (custom-add-load (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote tool-bar))
17744 (autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "\
17745 Toggle use of the tool bar.
17746 With numeric ARG, display the tool bar if and only if ARG is positive.
17748 See `tool-bar-add-item' and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' for
17749 conveniently adding tool bar items." t nil)
17751 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
17753 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
17754 Add an item to the tool bar.
17755 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
17756 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
17757 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
17758 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
17760 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
17761 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
17762 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
17764 Keybindings are made in the map `tool-bar-map'. To define items in
17765 some local map, bind `tool-bar-map' with `let' around calls of this
17766 function." nil nil)
17768 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
17769 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
17770 The binding of COMMAND is looked up in the menu bar in MAP (default
17771 `global-map') and modified to add an image specification for ICON, which
17772 is looked for as by `tool-bar-add-item'.
17773 MAP must contain an appropriate keymap bound to `[menu-bar]'.
17774 PROPS is a list of additional properties to add to the binding.
17776 Keybindings are made in the map `tool-bar-map'. To define items in
17777 some local map, bind `tool-bar-map' with `let' around calls of this
17778 function." nil nil)
17780 ;;;***
17782 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
17783 ;;;;;; (15427 61506))
17784 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
17786 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
17787 Mode for tooltip display.
17788 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
17790 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
17791 Toggle tooltip-mode.
17792 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17793 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
17795 (custom-add-to-group (quote tooltip) (quote tooltip-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17797 (custom-add-load (quote tooltip-mode) (quote tooltip))
17799 ;;;***
17801 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (15417
17802 ;;;;;; 7421))
17803 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
17805 (defalias (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
17807 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
17809 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
17810 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil)
17812 ;;;***
17814 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
17815 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (15371 46419))
17816 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
17818 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
17819 Set scroll margins." t nil)
17821 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
17822 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil)
17824 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
17825 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil)
17827 ;;;***
17829 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (15371 46419))
17830 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
17832 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
17833 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
17834 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
17835 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
17836 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil)
17838 ;;;***
17840 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
17841 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (15371 46419))
17842 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
17844 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
17845 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
17847 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
17848 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
17849 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
17850 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
17851 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
17852 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
17853 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
17854 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil)
17856 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
17857 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
17858 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
17859 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
17860 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
17861 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
17862 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil)
17864 ;;;***
17866 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
17867 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (15371 46417))
17868 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
17869 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
17870 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
17871 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
17873 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
17874 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
17875 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
17876 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
17877 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
17878 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
17879 first and the associated buffer to its right." t nil)
17881 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
17882 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
17883 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
17884 accepting the proposed default buffer.
17886 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
17888 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
17889 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
17890 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
17891 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
17892 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
17893 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
17894 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
17896 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
17897 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
17899 First column's text sSs Second column's text
17900 \\___/\\
17901 / \\
17902 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
17904 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
17906 ;;;***
17908 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
17909 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
17910 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
17911 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (15371 46418))
17912 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
17914 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
17915 Toggle typing break mode.
17916 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
17917 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17918 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
17920 (custom-add-to-group (quote type-break) (quote type-break-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17922 (custom-add-load (quote type-break-mode) (quote type-break))
17924 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
17925 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
17927 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
17928 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
17930 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between
17931 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
17932 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
17934 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
17935 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
17937 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
17938 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
17939 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
17941 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
17942 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
17943 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
17944 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
17945 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
17946 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
17948 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
17949 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
17950 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
17951 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
17953 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
17954 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
17956 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
17957 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
17959 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
17960 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
17961 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
17963 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
17964 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
17965 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
17966 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
17967 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
17968 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
17969 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
17971 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
17972 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
17974 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
17975 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
17976 reset the keystroke counter.
17978 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
17979 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
17980 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
17981 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
17983 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
17984 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
17985 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
17986 `type-break-schedule' command.
17988 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
17989 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
17990 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
17991 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
17992 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
17993 or not to continue.
17995 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
17996 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
17997 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
17998 approximate good values for this.
18000 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
18001 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
18003 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
18004 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
18005 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
18006 `type-break-warning-repeat'
18007 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
18008 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
18010 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
18011 a typing break occur. They include:
18013 `type-break-query-mode'
18014 `type-break-query-function'
18015 `type-break-query-interval'
18017 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things." t nil)
18019 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
18020 Take a typing break.
18022 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
18023 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
18025 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
18026 as per the function `type-break-schedule'." t nil)
18028 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
18029 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
18030 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
18031 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc." t nil)
18033 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
18034 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
18036 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
18037 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
18038 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
18039 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
18040 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
18041 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
18042 average typing speed.)
18044 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
18045 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
18046 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
18047 the computed maximum threshold.
18049 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
18050 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
18051 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
18052 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
18053 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc." t nil)
18055 ;;;***
18057 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
18058 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (15371 46417))
18059 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
18061 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
18062 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
18063 Works by overstriking underscores.
18064 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18065 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
18067 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
18068 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
18069 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18070 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
18072 ;;;***
18074 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
18075 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (15371 46424))
18076 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
18078 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
18079 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
18080 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages." t nil)
18082 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
18083 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
18084 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
18085 following the containing message." t nil)
18087 ;;;***
18089 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
18090 ;;;;;; (15371 46424))
18091 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
18093 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
18094 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
18095 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
18096 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
18097 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
18098 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil)
18100 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
18101 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE." t nil)
18103 ;;;***
18105 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
18106 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (15371 46418))
18107 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
18109 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
18110 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
18111 This function has a choice of three things to do:
18112 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
18113 to refrain from editing the file
18114 return t (grab the lock on the file)
18115 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
18116 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
18117 in any way you like." nil nil)
18119 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
18120 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
18121 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
18122 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
18123 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
18125 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
18126 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil)
18128 ;;;***
18130 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-external)
18131 ;;;;;; "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el" (15371 46421))
18132 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
18134 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
18135 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
18136 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
18137 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'." t nil)
18139 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
18140 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
18141 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME." t nil)
18143 ;;;***
18145 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
18146 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
18147 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
18148 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-resolve-conflicts vc-merge vc-insert-headers
18149 ;;;;;; vc-version-other-window vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action
18150 ;;;;;; vc-do-command edit-vc-file with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-before-checkin-hook
18151 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (15515 47301))
18152 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
18154 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
18155 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
18156 See `run-hooks'.")
18158 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
18159 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
18160 See `run-hooks'.")
18162 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
18163 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
18164 See `run-hooks'.")
18166 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
18167 Return the branch part of a revision number REV." nil nil)
18169 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
18170 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
18171 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
18172 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
18173 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
18174 somebody else, signal error." nil (quote macro))
18176 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
18177 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
18178 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
18179 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
18180 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer." nil (quote macro))
18182 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
18183 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
18184 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
18185 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
18186 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
18187 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
18188 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore errors, if it is 'async, that
18189 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess). FILE is the
18190 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
18191 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
18192 that is inserted into the command line before the filename." nil nil)
18194 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
18195 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
18197 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
18198 it will operate on the file in the current line.
18200 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
18201 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
18202 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
18203 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
18204 lock steals will raise an error.
18206 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
18208 For RCS and SCCS files:
18209 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
18210 control.
18211 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
18212 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
18213 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
18214 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
18215 it performs a revert.
18216 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
18217 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
18218 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
18219 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
18220 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
18221 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
18222 the option to steal the lock.
18224 For CVS files:
18225 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
18226 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
18227 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
18228 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
18229 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
18230 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
18231 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
18232 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
18233 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil)
18235 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
18236 Register the current file into a version control system.
18237 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
18238 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
18240 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
18241 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
18242 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
18243 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
18244 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
18245 first backend that could register the file is used." t nil)
18247 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
18248 Display diffs between file versions.
18249 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
18250 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
18251 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
18252 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
18253 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
18254 saving the buffer." t nil)
18256 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
18257 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
18258 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
18259 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again." t nil)
18261 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
18262 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
18263 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
18264 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'." t nil)
18266 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
18267 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
18268 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
18269 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
18270 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
18271 from the current branch.
18273 See Info node `Merging'." t nil)
18275 (autoload (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) "vc" "\
18276 Invoke ediff to resolve conflicts in the current buffer.
18277 The conflicts must be marked with rcsmerge conflict markers." t nil)
18279 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
18280 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
18282 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
18284 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
18285 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing." t nil)
18287 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
18288 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
18289 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
18290 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
18291 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
18292 are checked out in that new branch." t nil)
18294 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
18295 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
18296 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
18297 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
18298 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
18299 allowed and simply skipped)." t nil)
18301 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
18302 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil)
18304 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
18305 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
18306 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
18307 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
18308 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so." t nil)
18310 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
18311 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
18312 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
18313 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
18314 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
18315 the current branch are merged into the working file." t nil)
18317 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
18318 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
18319 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil)
18321 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
18322 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
18323 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
18324 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
18325 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
18326 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
18327 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument." t nil)
18329 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
18330 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
18331 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
18332 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
18333 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
18334 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
18335 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
18336 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
18337 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)" nil nil)
18339 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
18340 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil)
18342 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
18343 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
18344 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
18345 directory.
18347 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
18349 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
18350 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
18351 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
18353 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
18354 log entries should be gathered." t nil)
18356 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
18357 Display the edit history of the current file using colours.
18359 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
18360 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colours are
18361 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
18362 youngest, and intermediate colours indicate intermediate ages. By
18363 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
18364 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
18366 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
18367 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
18368 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
18369 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
18370 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
18371 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
18372 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
18373 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
18375 Customization variables:
18377 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
18378 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
18379 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
18380 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color." t nil)
18382 ;;;***
18384 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (15515 47561))
18385 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
18386 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
18387 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
18388 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
18389 (require 'vc-cvs)
18390 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
18392 ;;;***
18394 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
18395 ;;;;;; (15510 8498))
18396 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
18398 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
18399 *Where to look for RCS master files.
18400 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
18402 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote RCS) f))
18404 ;;;***
18406 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
18407 ;;;;;; (15510 8683))
18408 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
18410 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
18411 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
18412 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
18414 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote SCCS) f))
18416 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
18417 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
18418 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
18419 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
18421 ;;;***
18423 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
18424 ;;;;;; (15444 42464))
18425 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
18427 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
18428 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
18430 Usage:
18431 ------
18433 - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and
18434 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated
18435 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory)
18436 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are
18437 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty.
18438 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is
18439 left empty. They can be queried again by `\\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'.
18440 Typing `\\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template
18441 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be
18442 disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable
18443 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION).
18444 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
18445 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by
18446 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e.
18447 first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\\[vhdl-electric-space]'.
18448 The following abbreviations can also be used:
18449 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
18450 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric'
18451 (see CUSTOMIZATION).
18453 - HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\\[vhdl-template-header]'. A
18454 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by
18455 `\\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'.
18457 - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax
18458 elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by
18459 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
18460 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
18461 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
18462 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
18463 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
18464 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
18465 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
18467 - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL
18468 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts
18469 case. Re-typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions.
18470 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
18471 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
18472 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard
18473 types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type \"std\"
18474 and `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with \"std\").
18476 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning
18477 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator
18478 stop otherwise. `\\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop.
18480 - COMMENTS:
18481 `--' puts a single comment.
18482 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
18483 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a
18484 comment in between.
18485 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out
18486 following lines.
18487 `\\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out,
18488 uncomments a region if already commented out.
18490 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
18491 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications
18492 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are
18493 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and
18494 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil.
18495 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are
18496 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to
18497 `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a
18498 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment
18499 automatically opens a new comment line. `\\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills
18500 multi-line comments.
18502 - INDENTATION: `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line.
18503 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'.
18504 `\\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable
18505 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region
18506 (`\\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally
18507 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable
18508 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil,
18509 spaces are used instead of tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow
18510 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa.
18512 - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline
18513 comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group
18514 of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an
18515 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code
18516 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns
18517 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region.
18518 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable
18519 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil.
18520 `\\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols
18521 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
18523 - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component
18524 declarations can be copied (`\\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and
18525 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding
18526 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual
18527 parameters, and as a test bench (menu).
18528 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened
18529 (`\\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual
18530 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be
18531 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'.
18532 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates
18533 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and
18534 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'.
18535 See customization group `vhdl-port'.
18537 - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION.
18539 - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in
18540 menu).
18542 - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu.
18544 - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents.
18545 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if
18546 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil.
18547 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
18548 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
18550 - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the
18551 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current
18552 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see
18553 variable `vhdl-project-alist').
18554 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the
18555 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar.
18556 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their
18557 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and
18558 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu.
18560 - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a
18561 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or
18562 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file
18563 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be
18564 specified.
18566 - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can
18567 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible
18568 as a mouse menu (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to
18569 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu
18570 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing
18571 the current directory for VHDL source files.
18573 - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed
18574 by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is
18575 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed
18576 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
18577 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers
18578 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable
18579 `vhdl-compiler-options'.
18580 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command
18581 (menu, `\\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists.
18582 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also
18583 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
18585 - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable
18586 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS,
18587 Math Packages.
18589 - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types,
18590 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable
18591 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower
18592 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types,
18593 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types,
18594 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu)
18595 or buffer (`\\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables
18596 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
18598 - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes,
18599 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable
18600 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template
18601 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal,
18602 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well
18603 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
18605 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that
18606 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or
18607 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable
18608 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as
18609 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
18611 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and
18612 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable
18613 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some
18614 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other
18615 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually.
18617 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to
18618 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
18619 highlighted if written in lower case.
18621 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is highlighted
18622 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off'
18623 is non-nil.
18625 All colors can be customized by command `\\[customize-face]'.
18626 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
18627 `paren-showing' (`\\[customize-group]').
18629 - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made
18630 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
18631 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'.
18633 - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the
18634 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable
18635 `vhdl-hideshow-menu').
18637 - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of
18638 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors
18639 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
18640 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
18641 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The
18642 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
18643 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers.
18645 - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize'
18646 menu entry or `\\[customize-option]' (`\\[customize-group]' for groups).
18647 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in
18648 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e.
18649 site-wide, read the INSTALL file).
18651 - FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
18652 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension \".xxx\",
18653 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
18654 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
18656 - HINTS:
18657 - Type `\\[keyboard-quit] \\[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
18660 Maintenance:
18661 ------------
18663 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
18664 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
18666 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
18668 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
18669 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases.
18670 You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above
18671 mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
18673 VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page
18674 <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest
18675 version and release notes can be found.
18678 Bugs and Limitations:
18679 ---------------------
18681 - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow.
18682 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
18683 - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs.
18684 - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs.
18685 - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers
18686 does not work under XEmacs.
18689 The VHDL Mode Maintainers
18690 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
18692 Key bindings:
18693 -------------
18695 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil)
18697 ;;;***
18699 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (15371 46419))
18700 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
18702 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
18703 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
18704 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
18705 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
18707 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
18708 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
18709 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
18710 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
18711 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
18713 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
18714 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
18716 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
18718 * Limitations and unsupported features
18719 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
18720 not supported.
18721 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
18722 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
18724 * Modifications
18725 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
18726 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
18727 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
18728 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
18729 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
18730 for undoing a repeated change command.
18731 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
18732 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
18733 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
18735 * Extensions
18736 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
18737 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
18738 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
18739 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
18740 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
18741 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
18742 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
18743 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
18745 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs." t nil)
18747 ;;;***
18749 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
18750 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
18751 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
18752 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (15371 46423))
18753 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
18755 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
18756 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
18758 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
18759 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters.
18760 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
18761 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
18763 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
18764 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters." t nil)
18766 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
18767 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
18768 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
18769 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
18771 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
18772 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics." t nil)
18774 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
18776 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
18778 ;;;***
18780 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
18781 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
18782 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (15371
18783 ;;;;;; 46418))
18784 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
18786 (defvar view-mode nil "\
18787 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
18788 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
18789 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
18791 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
18793 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
18794 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
18795 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
18796 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
18797 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
18798 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
18799 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
18801 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
18803 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
18804 View FILE in View mode in another window.
18805 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
18806 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
18807 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
18808 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
18809 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
18810 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
18812 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
18814 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
18815 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
18816 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
18817 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
18818 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
18819 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
18820 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
18821 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
18823 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
18825 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
18826 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
18827 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
18828 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
18829 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
18830 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
18831 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
18833 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
18835 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
18836 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
18837 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
18839 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
18840 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
18841 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
18842 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
18843 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
18844 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
18845 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
18846 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
18848 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
18850 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
18851 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
18852 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
18854 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
18855 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
18856 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
18857 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
18858 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
18859 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
18860 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
18861 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
18863 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
18865 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
18866 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
18867 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
18869 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
18870 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
18871 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
18873 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
18874 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
18875 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
18876 read-only.
18877 \\<view-mode-map>
18878 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
18879 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
18880 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
18881 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
18882 commands default to a repeat count of one.
18884 H, h, ? This message.
18885 Digits provide prefix arguments.
18886 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
18887 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
18888 > move to the end of buffer.
18889 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
18890 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
18891 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
18892 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
18893 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
18894 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
18895 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
18896 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
18897 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
18898 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
18899 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
18900 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
18901 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
18902 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
18903 Use this to view a changing file.
18904 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
18905 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
18906 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
18907 . set the mark.
18908 x exchanges point and mark.
18909 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
18910 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
18911 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
18912 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
18913 ' go to position saved in character register.
18914 s do forward incremental search.
18915 r do reverse incremental search.
18916 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
18917 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
18918 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
18919 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
18920 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
18921 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
18922 p searches backward for last regular expression.
18923 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, trying to restore window and buffer to previous state.
18924 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
18925 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
18926 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
18927 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
18928 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, trying to restore windows and buffer to previous state.
18929 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
18930 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
18932 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
18933 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
18934 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
18935 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
18936 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
18937 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
18938 will return to that buffer.
18940 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
18942 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
18943 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
18944 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
18945 `view-return-to-alist'.
18946 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
18947 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
18948 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
18950 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
18951 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
18952 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
18953 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
18954 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
18955 1) nil Do nothing.
18956 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
18957 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
18958 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
18959 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
18961 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
18963 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." nil nil)
18965 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
18966 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable." t nil)
18968 ;;;***
18970 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (15371 46419))
18971 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
18973 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
18974 Turn on VIP emulation of VI." t nil)
18976 ;;;***
18978 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
18979 ;;;;;; (15464 26328))
18980 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
18982 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
18983 Toggle Viper on/off.
18984 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on." t nil)
18986 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
18987 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil)
18989 ;;;***
18991 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (15391 60705))
18992 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
18994 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
18995 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
18997 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
18998 hotlist.
19000 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
19001 <nwv@acm.org>." t nil)
19003 ;;;***
19005 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "which-func.el"
19006 ;;;;;; (15371 46418))
19007 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el
19009 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
19011 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
19012 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
19013 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19014 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19015 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.")
19017 (custom-add-to-group (quote which-func) (quote which-function-mode) (quote custom-variable))
19019 (custom-add-load (quote which-function-mode) (quote which-func))
19021 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
19022 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
19023 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
19024 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
19026 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
19027 and off otherwise." t nil)
19029 ;;;***
19031 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-describe whitespace-write-file-hook
19032 ;;;;;; whitespace-global-mode whitespace-global-mode whitespace-cleanup-region
19033 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check
19034 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check whitespace-toggle-indent-check
19035 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-trailing-check whitespace-toggle-leading-check)
19036 ;;;;;; "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (15400 1474))
19037 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
19039 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
19040 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer." t nil)
19042 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
19043 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer." t nil)
19045 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
19046 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer." t nil)
19048 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
19049 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer." t nil)
19051 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
19052 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer." t nil)
19054 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
19055 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
19056 These are:
19057 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
19058 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
19059 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
19060 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
19061 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
19063 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
19064 and:
19065 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
19066 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument." t nil)
19068 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
19069 Check the region for whitespace errors." t nil)
19071 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
19072 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
19074 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
19075 whitespace problems." t nil)
19077 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
19078 Whitespace cleanup on the region." t nil)
19080 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
19081 Toggle global Whitespace mode.
19083 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19084 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'
19085 \(which see).")
19087 (custom-add-to-group (quote whitespace) (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote custom-variable))
19089 (custom-add-load (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote whitespace))
19091 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
19092 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
19093 With ARG, turn the mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
19095 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
19096 `find-file-hooks' and `kill-buffer-hook'." t nil)
19098 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
19099 The local-write-file-hook to be called on the buffer when
19100 whitespace check is enabled." t nil)
19102 (autoload (quote whitespace-describe) "whitespace" "\
19103 A summary of whitespaces and what this library can do about them.
19105 The whitespace library is intended to find and help fix five different types
19106 of whitespace problems that commonly exist in source code.
19108 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
19109 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
19110 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces at beginning of line, that should be
19111 replaced with TABS).
19112 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
19113 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
19115 Whitespace errors are reported in a buffer, and on the modeline.
19117 Modeline will show a W:<x>!<y> to denote a particular type of whitespace,
19118 where `x' and `y' can be one (or more) of:
19120 e - End-of-Line whitespace.
19121 i - Indentation whitespace.
19122 l - Leading whitespace.
19123 s - Space followed by Tab.
19124 t - Trailing whitespace.
19126 If any of the whitespace checks is turned off, the modeline will display a
19127 !<y>.
19129 (since (3) is the most controversial one, here is the rationale: Most
19130 terminal drivers and printer drivers have TAB configured or even
19131 hardcoded to be 8 spaces. (Some of them allow configuration, but almost
19132 always they default to 8.)
19134 Changing `tab-width' to other than 8 and editing will cause your code to
19135 look different from within Emacs, and say, if you cat it or more it, or
19136 even print it.
19138 Almost all the popular programming modes let you define an offset (like
19139 c-basic-offset or perl-indent-level) to configure the offset, so you
19140 should never have to set your `tab-width' to be other than 8 in all these
19141 modes. In fact, with an indent level of say, 4, 2 TABS will cause Emacs
19142 to replace your 8 spaces with one (try it). If vi users in your
19143 office complain, tell them to use vim, which distinguishes between
19144 tabstop and shiftwidth (vi equivalent of our offsets), and also ask them
19145 to set smarttab.)
19147 All the above have caused (and will cause) unwanted codeline integration and
19148 merge problems.
19150 whitespace.el will complain if it detects whitespaces on opening a file, and
19151 warn you on closing a file also (in case you had inserted any
19152 whitespaces during the process of your editing)." t nil)
19154 ;;;***
19156 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
19157 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (15468 23941))
19158 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
19160 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
19161 Browse the widget under point." t nil)
19163 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
19164 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil)
19166 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
19167 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil)
19169 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
19170 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
19171 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
19173 ;;;***
19175 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
19176 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (15472
19177 ;;;;;; 20889))
19178 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
19180 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
19181 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget." nil nil)
19183 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
19184 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
19185 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil)
19187 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
19188 Create widget of TYPE.
19189 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
19191 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
19192 Delete WIDGET." nil nil)
19194 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
19195 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only." nil nil)
19197 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map " " (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
19198 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
19199 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
19201 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
19202 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works." nil nil)
19204 ;;;***
19206 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
19207 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (15371
19208 ;;;;;; 46418))
19209 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
19211 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
19212 Select the window to the left of the current one.
19213 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
19214 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
19215 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
19216 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
19217 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
19219 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
19220 Select the window above the current one.
19221 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
19222 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
19223 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
19224 negative ARG) of the current window.
19225 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
19227 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
19228 Select the window to the right of the current one.
19229 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
19230 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
19231 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
19232 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
19233 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
19235 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
19236 Select the window below the current one.
19237 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
19238 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
19239 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
19240 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
19241 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
19243 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
19244 Set up default keybindings for `windmove'." t nil)
19246 ;;;***
19248 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
19249 ;;;;;; (15484 11830))
19250 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
19252 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
19253 Toggle winner-mode.
19254 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19255 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
19257 (custom-add-to-group (quote winner) (quote winner-mode) (quote custom-variable))
19259 (custom-add-load (quote winner-mode) (quote winner))
19261 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
19262 Toggle Winner mode.
19263 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
19265 ;;;***
19267 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
19268 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (15417 7411))
19269 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
19271 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
19272 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
19273 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
19274 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
19275 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
19276 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
19277 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
19278 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
19280 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
19281 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching." t nil)
19283 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
19284 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file." t nil)
19286 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
19287 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
19288 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
19289 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
19290 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
19291 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
19292 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
19293 `woman' command for further details." t nil)
19295 ;;;***
19297 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
19298 ;;;;;; (15400 1475))
19299 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
19301 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
19302 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
19304 BUGS:
19305 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
19306 are not implemented
19307 - Options for search and replace
19308 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
19309 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
19311 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
19312 Emacs-like.
19314 The key bindings are:
19316 C-a backward-word
19317 C-b fill-paragraph
19318 C-c scroll-up-line
19319 C-d forward-char
19320 C-e previous-line
19321 C-f forward-word
19322 C-g delete-char
19323 C-h backward-char
19324 C-i indent-for-tab-command
19325 C-j help-for-help
19326 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
19327 C-l ws-repeat-search
19328 C-n open-line
19329 C-p quoted-insert
19330 C-r scroll-down-line
19331 C-s backward-char
19332 C-t kill-word
19333 C-u keyboard-quit
19334 C-v overwrite-mode
19335 C-w scroll-down
19336 C-x next-line
19337 C-y kill-complete-line
19338 C-z scroll-up
19340 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
19341 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
19342 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
19343 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
19344 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
19345 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
19346 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
19347 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
19348 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
19349 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
19350 C-k b ws-begin-block
19351 C-k c ws-copy-block
19352 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
19353 C-k f find-file
19354 C-k h ws-show-markers
19355 C-k i ws-indent-block
19356 C-k k ws-end-block
19357 C-k p ws-print-block
19358 C-k q kill-emacs
19359 C-k r insert-file
19360 C-k s save-some-buffers
19361 C-k t ws-mark-word
19362 C-k u ws-exdent-block
19363 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
19364 C-k v ws-move-block
19365 C-k w ws-write-block
19366 C-k x kill-emacs
19367 C-k y ws-delete-block
19369 C-o c wordstar-center-line
19370 C-o b switch-to-buffer
19371 C-o j justify-current-line
19372 C-o k kill-buffer
19373 C-o l list-buffers
19374 C-o m auto-fill-mode
19375 C-o r set-fill-column
19376 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
19377 C-o wd delete-other-windows
19378 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
19379 C-o wo other-window
19380 C-o wv split-window-vertically
19382 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
19383 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
19384 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
19385 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
19386 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
19387 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
19388 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
19389 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
19390 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
19391 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
19392 C-q a ws-query-replace
19393 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
19394 C-q c end-of-buffer
19395 C-q d end-of-line
19396 C-q f ws-search
19397 C-q k ws-to-block-end
19398 C-q l ws-undo
19399 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
19400 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
19401 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
19402 C-q w ws-last-error
19403 C-q y ws-kill-eol
19404 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
19405 " t nil)
19407 ;;;***
19409 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-lite-mode) "xml-lite" "textmodes/xml-lite.el"
19410 ;;;;;; (15490 51474))
19411 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/xml-lite.el
19413 (defvar xml-lite-mode nil "\
19414 Non-nil if `xml-lite-mode' is enabled.")
19416 (autoload (quote xml-lite-mode) "xml-lite" "\
19417 Toggle `xml-lite-mode'.
19418 With ARG, enable xml-lite-mode if and only if ARG is positive.
19420 xml-lite-mode provides indentation for XML tags. The value of
19421 `xml-lite-indent-offset' determines the amount of indentation.
19423 Key bindings:
19424 \\{xml-lite-mode-map}" t nil)
19426 ;;;***
19428 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (15391
19429 ;;;;;; 60521))
19430 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
19432 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
19433 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
19434 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
19436 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands." t nil)
19438 ;;;***
19440 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
19441 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (15417 7434))
19442 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
19444 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
19445 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil)
19447 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
19448 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil)
19450 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
19451 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
19452 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil)
19454 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
19455 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil)
19457 ;;;***
19459 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (15425 28364))
19460 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
19462 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
19463 Zone out, completely." t nil)
19465 ;;;***
19467 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
19468 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (15391 60705))
19469 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
19471 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
19472 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified." t nil)
19474 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
19475 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
19477 Zone-mode does two things:
19479 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
19480 when saving the file
19482 - fontification" t nil)
19484 ;;;***
19486 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("international/ucs-tables.el" "calc/calc-graph.el"
19487 ;;;;;; "term/w32-win.el" "language/japanese.el" "international/mule.el"
19488 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "w32-vars.el" "vc-hooks.el" "paths.el"
19489 ;;;;;; "textmodes/text-mode.el" "register.el" "term/xterm.el" "term/tty-colors.el"
19490 ;;;;;; "term/rxvt.el" "term/pc-win.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
19491 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
19492 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "calendar/parse-time.el" "scroll-bar.el"
19493 ;;;;;; "generic-x.el" "obsolete/mlsupport.el" "obsolete/hilit19.el"
19494 ;;;;;; "obsolete/cplus-md.el" "mail/mh-pick.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
19495 ;;;;;; "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/tibetan.el" "language/thai.el"
19496 ;;;;;; "language/lao.el" "language/korean.el" "language/indian.el"
19497 ;;;;;; "language/hebrew.el" "language/greek.el" "language/georgian.el"
19498 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/chinese.el" "international/utf-8.el"
19499 ;;;;;; "international/utf-8-subst.el" "international/ogonek.el"
19500 ;;;;;; "international/iso-insert.el" "international/characters.el"
19501 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
19502 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
19503 ;;;;;; "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
19504 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
19505 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
19506 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el"
19507 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
19508 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/authors.el" "textmodes/reftex-global.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el"
19509 ;;;;;; "textmodes/fill.el" "term/internal.el" "xscheme.el" "vt-control.el"
19510 ;;;;;; "version.el" "select.el" "pcvs-util.el" "pcvs-info.el" "format.el"
19511 ;;;;;; "foldout.el" "float-sup.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-merg.el"
19512 ;;;;;; "custom.el" "case-table.el" "buff-menu.el" "allout.el" "abbrevlist.el"
19513 ;;;;;; "abbrev.el" "byte-run.el" "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "dos-vars.el"
19514 ;;;;;; "dos-w32.el" "electric.el" "emacs-lock.el" "env.el" "forms-d2.el"
19515 ;;;;;; "forms-pass.el" "kermit.el" "map-ynp.el" "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el"
19516 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" "patcomp.el" "regi.el" "s-region.el" "saveplace.el"
19517 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "tcp.el" "timezone.el" "uniquify.el" "unused.el"
19518 ;;;;;; "vcursor.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el" "vt100-led.el" "widget.el"
19519 ;;;;;; "term/AT386.el" "term/apollo.el" "term/bg-mouse.el" "term/bobcat.el"
19520 ;;;;;; "term/iris-ansi.el" "term/keyswap.el" "term/linux.el" "term/lk201.el"
19521 ;;;;;; "term/mac-win.el" "term/news.el" "term/sun.el" "term/sup-mouse.el"
19522 ;;;;;; "term/tvi970.el" "term/vt100.el" "term/vt102.el" "term/vt125.el"
19523 ;;;;;; "term/vt200.el" "term/vt201.el" "term/vt220.el" "term/vt240.el"
19524 ;;;;;; "term/vt300.el" "term/vt320.el" "term/vt400.el" "term/vt420.el"
19525 ;;;;;; "term/wyse50.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
19526 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el"
19527 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
19528 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el"
19529 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-china.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
19530 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
19531 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el"
19532 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-x.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el"
19533 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
19534 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/float.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/levents.el"
19535 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lselect.el" "emacs-lisp/lucid.el"
19536 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el"
19537 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
19538 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el"
19539 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
19540 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
19541 ;;;;;; "gnus/flow-fill.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
19542 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el"
19543 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-draft.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
19544 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
19545 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" "gnus/gnus-range.el"
19546 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el"
19547 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el"
19548 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
19549 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
19550 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el"
19551 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
19552 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
19553 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el"
19554 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el"
19555 ;;;;;; "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el"
19556 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el"
19557 ;;;;;; "gnus/webmail.el" "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
19558 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
19559 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-fin.el"
19560 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
19561 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
19562 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
19563 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
19564 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
19565 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
19566 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el"
19567 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
19568 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/iso-swed.el"
19569 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-cnv.el" "international/ja-dic-utl.el"
19570 ;;;;;; "international/latin-1.el" "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el"
19571 ;;;;;; "international/latin-4.el" "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el"
19572 ;;;;;; "international/latin-9.el" "international/swedish.el" "language/devanagari.el"
19573 ;;;;;; "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el" "language/misc-lang.el"
19574 ;;;;;; "language/romanian.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
19575 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mh-funcs.el" "mail/mh-seq.el" "mail/mspools.el"
19576 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el" "obsolete/c-mode.el"
19577 ;;;;;; "obsolete/ooutline.el" "obsolete/profile.el" "obsolete/rnews.el"
19578 ;;;;;; "obsolete/sc.el" "obsolete/sun-curs.el" "obsolete/sun-fns.el"
19579 ;;;;;; "obsolete/uncompress.el" "obsolete/x-apollo.el" "obsolete/x-menu.el"
19580 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
19581 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ada-xref.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
19582 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el"
19583 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-engine.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
19584 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
19585 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-rinfo.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
19586 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "term/sun-mouse.el" "ediff-hook.el"
19587 ;;;;;; "ediff-wind.el" "indent.el" "isearch.el" "window.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el"
19588 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
19589 ;;;;;; "replace.el" "tempo.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" "gnus/mm-encode.el"
19590 ;;;;;; "mail/uce.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
19591 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
19592 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
19593 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
19594 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "international/mule-cmds.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el"
19595 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-maint.el"
19596 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "cus-start.el" "dos-fns.el"
19597 ;;;;;; "faces.el" "help.el" "mouse.el" "subr.el" "w32-fns.el" "xml.el"
19598 ;;;;;; "gnus/qp.el" "language/czech.el" "language/european.el" "language/slovak.el"
19599 ;;;;;; "play/gamegrid.el" "term/x-win.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
19600 ;;;;;; "bindings.el" "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el" "ediff-ptch.el"
19601 ;;;;;; "files.el" "frame.el" "menu-bar.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "simple.el"
19602 ;;;;;; "startup.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
19603 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/nneething.el" "calendar/cal-french.el"
19604 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "international/mule-conf.el" "cus-load.el"
19605 ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "subdirs.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el") (15515 48497
19606 ;;;;;; 448372))
19608 ;;;***
19610 ;; Local Variables:
19611 ;; version-control: never
19612 ;; no-byte-compile: t
19613 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
19614 ;; End:
19615 ;;; loaddefs.elends here